WO2025196153A1

WO2025196153A1 - Pcsk9 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Info

Publication number: WO2025196153A1
Application number: PCT/EP2025/057559
Authority: WO
Inventors: Olaf Panknin; Gavin Donal O'MAHONY; Andrey Frolov; Emma Bratt; Hans Fredrik BERGSTRÖM; Fredrik WÅGBERG; Jan Åke LINDBERG
Original assignee: AstraZeneca AB
Current assignee: AstraZeneca AB
Priority date: 2024-03-20
Filing date: 2025-03-19
Publication date: 2025-09-25
Anticipated expiration: 2026-09-20

Abstract

A compound with the Formula (I): A-B-C (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and tautomeric forms or stereoisomers thereof, wherein A is of one of the following formulae: (A1a), (A2a), (A2b), (A3a) and (A3b); B is of formula: (B-1); and C is of formula: (C-1a), (C-1b), (C-1c) or (C-1d).

Description

PCSK9 Inhibitors and Methods of Use Thereof

This application claims priority from European Patent Application No.24164965.6, filed March 20, 2024, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

The present disclosure relates to compounds which inhibit PCSK9 and their use in methods of treatment.

Background

PCSK9, also referred to as “proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin 9”, is a member of the secretory proprotein convertase family and plays an important role in cholesterol metabolism. PCSK9 increases the levels of circulating LDL cholesterol (LDL-C) via the enhanced degradation of the LDLRs independently of its catalytic activity. Secreted PCSK9 binds to the Epidermal Growth Factor domain A (EGFA) of the LDL receptor (LDLR) at the cell surface and the PCSK9/LDLR complex is internalized into endosomal/lysosomal compartments. The enhanced binding affinity of PCSK9 to the LDLR at the acidic pH of late endosomes/lysosomes reduces LDLR receptor recycling and instead targets LDLR for lysosomal degradation. Genetic association studies have demonstrated that loss-of-function mutations in PCSK9 are associated with low plasma LDL-C levels and a reduction in the incidence of adverse cardiovascular events.

For cardiovascular disease, few options exist for inhibiting PCSK9. Statins actually upregulate PCSK9 in HepG2 cells and in human primary hepatocytes through the increased expression of SREBP-2, a transcription factor that upregulates both the LDLR and PCSK9 genes. Since an elevated level of PCSK9 decreases the abundance of LDLR on the cell surface, increasing doses of statins have failed to achieve proportional LDL-C lowering effects.

Two monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) that bind selectively to extracellular PCSK9 and prevent its interaction with the LDLR, alirocumab and evolocumab, have recently received FDA approval for lowering LDL-C levels. In clinical trials, alirocumab showed an about 50% decrease in LDL levels compared to placebo (Elbitar 2016). Patients taking evolocumab showed an about 60- 75% decrease in LDL levels. The potency of these drugs demonstrates the potential for inhibitors of PCSK9 to be effective treatments for those with hypercholesterolemia and other cardiovascular diseases. However, both antibody drugs require intravenous administration and can cause allergic reactions or other deleterious immune responses in the body.

Cardiovascular diseases often require management over a person’s lifetime, unlike an infection that could be episodic. Thus, ease of dosing and administration become important factors for patient compliance with maintenance drug treatments. There is a need for PCSK9 inhibitors with increased efficacy and greater ease of administration, which can be achieved with small molecule PCSK9 inhibitors.

WO 2020/150473 A2 relates to heteroaryl compounds and pharmaceutical preparations thereof. It also relates to methods of treating or preventing cardiovascular diseases, and methods of treating sepsis or septic shock, using the described novel heterocyclic compounds.

WO 2020/15474 A1 relates to an inhibitor pharmacophore of PCSK9 and heteroaryl compounds that bind the PCSK9 protein.

WO 2023/084449 A1 relates to diaminocyclopentylpyridine derivatives as modulators of PCKS9.

Summary

A first aspect there is provided a compound of Formula (I)

A-B-C (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and tautomeric forms or stereoisomers thereof, wherein A is of one of the following formulae: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon) or C-R^A2;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) H; (ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, one or more halo groups, or C1-6 alkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido (wherein the acyl is optionally substituted by H or methyl);

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xii) C1-6 alkyl amido, optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, CN, OH, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl wherein the C1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon which is optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino, -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 alkyl acylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(v) OH;

(vi) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, NH2, C4 heterocyclyl or one or more halo groups; (vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH₂;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH₂;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(xxiv) C1-6 alkyl amido; or wherein R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form:

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring;

(ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

(iv) an optionally substituted C5-7 carbocyclic ring wherein, when present, the one, two, three or four optional substituents are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, halo, C1-6 alkoxy, NH₂, C1-6 alkylamino, OH, and CN;

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, one or more halo groups, C1-6 alkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(viii) OH; and (ix) oxo; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z³ is either N or C-R^A7; wherein if Z¹ is NH and Z² is C-H then Z³ is C-R^A7; when Z¹ is NH, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵; when Z² is N and Z¹ is O or S, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵; when Z² is CH and Z¹ is S, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵; when Z² is CH and Z¹ is O, R^A5 is Z⁵ and R^A6 is Z⁴;

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) Ci alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, or one or more halo groups; and

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl, (viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C(=O)OH, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino, -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 acylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by NH2, C4 heterocyclyl and one or more halo groups;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl, (viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and (ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by NH2, C4 heterocyclyl, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where R^A9 is selected from H; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl; wherein B is of formula: fB-i; wherein the wavy lines indicate the points of attachment to A and C;

R^B1 is -H, -OH, =CHCH2-OH, -C1-4 alkyoxy, or -C1-4 alkyl which -C1-4 alkyl is optionally substituted by OH or OMe; wherein C is of formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X is hydrogen or fluorine;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^C5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^C6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N;

Q⁸ is selected from C-H and N; where none or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; where no more than two of Q⁴, Q⁵and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; where the ring comprising Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and where only one of Q⁴, Q⁵, and Q⁶ can be N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iv) C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(ix) phenyl optionally substituted by one or more halo atoms; wherein R^C4, R^C5, and R^C6 are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo;

(vi) CN; and

(vii) aminocarbonyl;

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkyl ester optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent

R^C8 is selected from hydrogen or methyl. A second aspect provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of the first aspect and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.

The third aspect provides the compound of the first aspect for use in a method of therapy. The third aspect also provides the use of a compound of the first aspect in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a cardiovascular disease. The third aspect also provides a compound of the first aspect for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease. The third aspect also provides a method of treating a cardiovascular disease comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the first aspect or a composition according to the second aspect to a patient in need thereof.

This disclosure includes the combination of the aspects and preferred features described except where such a combination is clearly impermissible or expressly avoided.

Description of the Figures

Figure 1 shows the structure of the Mouse GalNAc ASO for in the vivo experiments of Assay 6.

Detailed Description

Aspects and embodiments will now be discussed. Further aspects and embodiments will be apparent to those skilled in the art. All documents mentioned in this text are incorporated herein by reference.

Compounds of Formula (I) and its use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases are described herein. The compounds disclosed herein are PCSK9 inhibitors. The compounds may have higher inhibition of PCSK9, lower hERG activity, improved secondary pharmacology profile including GSK3P and/or other kinases, good stability, and/or improved activity in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. The compounds may have an improved secondary pharmacology profile or an improved off-target profile.

Definitions

Substituents

The phrase “optionally substituted” as used herein, pertains to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted.

Unless otherwise specified, the term “substituted” as used herein, pertains to a parent group which bears one or more substituents. The term “substituent” is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group. A wide variety of substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.

Examples of substituents are described in more detail below.

Unless otherwise stated, halo is selected from chloro (Cl), fluoro (F), bromo (Br) and iodo (I).

Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.

Hydroxy: -OH.

Oxo: =0 (oxygen double bonded to the rest of the molecule).

C1-6 hydrocarbon: The term “C1-6 hydrocarbon” as used herein pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated) and may also be branched. Thus, the term “hydrocarbon” includes the terms alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, etc., discussed below.

C1-6 alkyl: The term “C1-6 alkyl” as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which are saturated and may also be branched. The term “C alkyl” as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which are saturated.

Examples of saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), butyl (C4), pentyl (C5) and hexyl (Ce).

Examples of saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (C5) and n-hexyl (Ce).

Examples of saturated branched alkyl groups include isopropyl (C3), iso-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (C5), and neopentyl (C5).

C2-6 Alkenyl: The term “C2-6 alkenyl” as used herein, pertains to a hydrocarbon group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. Examples of unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, - CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-CH3), 2-propenyl (allyl, CHCH=CH2), iso-propenyl (1- methylvinyl, C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (C4), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (Ce).

C2-6 alkynyl: The term “C2-6 alkynyl” as used herein, pertains to a hydrocarbon group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.

Examples of unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (-C=CH) and 2- propynyl (propargyl, -CH2C=CH).

C1-6 alkoxy: The term C1-6 alkoxy as used herein, pertains to an OR group, wherein R is an C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, OMe, OEt (ethoxy), -O(nPr) (n-propoxy), -O(iPr) (iso-propoxy), O(nBu) (n-butoxy), O(sBu) (sec-butoxy), O(iBu) (iso-butoxy), and O(tBu) (tert- butoxy).

C1-6 acyloxy: The term C1-6 acyloxy (reverse ester) as used herein, pertains to an OC(=O)R, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, OC(=O)CH₃ (acetoxy), OC(=O)CH₂CH₃, or OC(=O)C(CH₃)₃.

Amino: NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a C1-6 hydrocarbon group (also referred to as C1-6 alkylamino or C1-6 dialkylamino, where both groups are a C1-6 hydrocarbon group), or, in the case of a “cyclic” amino group, R¹ and R², taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Amino groups may be primary (-NH2), secondary (-NHR¹), or tertiary (-NR¹R²), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-⁺NR¹R²R³). Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to NH2, NHCH3, NHCH(CH3)2, N(CHs)2, N(CH2CH3)2, and NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.

C1-6 acylamido: Acylamido (acylamino): NR¹C(=O)R², wherein R¹ is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen or a C1-6 hydrocarbon group, and R² is an acyl substituent, for example, a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, NHC(=O)CH3 and NHC(=O)CH2CH3. In some embodiments R¹ and R² may together form a cyclic or bicyclic structure and form a cyclic acylamido group. Examples of such groups include succinimidyl, maleimidyl, phthalimidyl, 2-oxo-3/7-benzimidazol-1-yl, 3-methyl-2-oxo- benzimidazol-1-yl, 1-methyl-2-oxoimidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl, 2,5-dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl and 2,4- dioxoimidazolidin-1-yl: succinimidyl phthalimidyl (2-oxo-3H-benzimidazol-1 -yl)

(3-methyl-2-oxo-benzimidazoH-yl) (1-methyl-2-oxo-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yl)

(2,5-dioxoimidazolidin-1 -yl) (4,5-dioxoimidazoltdin-1 -yl)

Carbaimidoyl: -C(=NH)NH2.

Methyl-carbaimidoyl: -C(=N-CH3)NH2.

Carboxyamino: -N(H)(C(=O)OH). C1-6 thioalkyl: The term C1-6 thioalkyl as used herein, pertains to an SR, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, SCH3 and SCH2CH3.

C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl: The term C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl pertains to a sulfine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide) which has the structure S(=O)R-, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl groups include, but are not limited to, S(=O)CH3 and S(=O)CH2CH3. Ci-6 alkyl sulfonyl: The term C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl as used herein pertains to an -S(=O)2R, group wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated Ci-6 alkyl group. Examples of C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)₂CH₃ (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=O)2CF3 (triflyl), -S(=O)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -S(=O)₂C₄F9 (nonaflyl) and -S(=O)2CH₂CF3 (tresyl).

C1-6 sulfonimodyl: The term C1-6 sulfonimodyl is also referred to as Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide or di-Ci-6 alkyl sulfonamido) and has the structure S(=O)2NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=O)2NH2, - S(=O)₂NH(CH₃), -S(=O)₂N(CH₃)2, -S(=O)₂NH(CH₂CH₃) and -S(=O)₂N(CH₂CH₃)2.

Sulfonamino: NR¹S(=O)2R, wherein R¹ is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a C1-6 alkyl group, a C3-20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5-20 aryl group, preferably a C1-6 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, NHS(=O)2CH3 and N(CH3)S(=O)2CeH5.

C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl: The term C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl (phosphine oxide) has the structure - P(=O)R2, wherein each R is independently a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, P(=O)Me2, P(=O)(CH2CH3)2 and P(=O)(tBu)2. Wherein each R group can be the same or different groups.

C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl: The term C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl has the structure -P(=O)2R, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl groups include, but are not limited to, P(=O)₂(CH₃), P(=O)₂(CH₂CH₃) and P(=O)₂(tBu).

Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C(=O)OH.

C1-6 alkyl ester: The term C1-6 alkyl ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl) has the structure C(=O)OR, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, C(=O)OCH3, C(=O)OCH2CH3 and C(=O)OC(CH3)3.

C1-6 alkyl acyl: The term C1-6 alkyl acyl also known as Acyl (keto) has the structure C(=O)R, wherein R is a C1-6 hydrocarbon group. Examples of C1-6 alkyl acyl groups include, but are not limited to, C(=O)CH3 (acetyl), C(=O)CH2CH3 (propionyl) or C(=O)C(CH3)3 (tert-butyryl). Ci-6 alkyl amido: The term C1-6 alkyl amido (also referred to as carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide) has the structure C(=O)NR¹R², wherein R¹ and R² are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups for example, hydrogen, a C1-6 hydrocarbon group (also referred to as C1-6 alkyl amido or C1-6 dialkyl amido), or, in the case of a “cyclic” amido group, R¹ and R², taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 6 ring atoms. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NHCH₃, C(=O)N(CH₃)₂, C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃, and C(=O)N(CH₂CH₃)₂, as well as amido groups in which R¹ and R², together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl.

C₃-i₂ cycloalkyl: The term “C₃-i₂ cycloalkyl” as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms. The carbocyclic ring may be saturated or unsaturated and may be bridged or unbridged. The ring may be a fused ring or a single ring.

Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropane (C₃), cyclobutane (C4), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (Ce), cycloheptane (C7), methylcyclopropane (C4), dimethylcyclopropane (C5), methylcyclobutane (C5), dimethylcyclobutane (Ce), methylcyclopentane (Ce), dimethylcyclopentane (C7) and methylcyclohexane (C7); unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds: cyclopropene (C₃), cyclobutene (C4), cyclopentene (C5), cyclohexene (Ce), methylcyclopropene (C4), dimethylcyclopropene (C5), methylcyclobutene (C5), dimethylcyclobutene (Ce), methylcyclopentene (Ce), dimethylcyclopentene (C7) and methylcyclohexene (C7); and saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds: norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbornane (C7).

C₃- heterocyclyl: The term “C₃-io heterocyclyl” as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 10 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 5 are ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. The ring may be saturated or unsaturated, and may be bridged or unbridged. The ring may be a fused ring or a single ring. For the avoidance of doubt, substituents on the heterocycloyl ring may be linked via either a carbon atom or a heteroatom.

In this context the term ‘heteroatom’ means O, S, N, Si or B (Boron). More commonly in a pharmaceutical context, the term ‘heteroatom’ means O, S or N.

In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C3-10 C3-7, C5-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term “C5-6 heterocyclyl”, as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.

Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N aziridine (C3), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (C5), pyrroline (e.g. 2,5-dihydro- 1/7-pyrrole) (C5), 2/7-pyrrole or 3/7-pyrrole, isoazole (C5), piperidine (Ce), dihydropyridine (Ce), tetrahydropyridine (Ce), azepine (C7);

O1: oxirane (C3), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (Ce), dihydropyran (Ce), pyran (Ce), oxepin (C7);

Si: thiirane (C3), thietane (C4), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (C5), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (Ce), thiepane (C7);

O2: dioxolane (C5), dioxane (Ce), and dioxepane (C7);

O3: trioxane (Ce);

N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (C5), imidazoline (C5), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (C5), piperazine (Ce);

N1O1: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), di hydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5), dihydroisoxazole (C5), morpholine (Ce), tetrahydrooxazine (Ce), dihydrooxazine (Ce), oxazine (Ce);

N1S1: thiazoline (C5), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (Ce);

N2O1: oxadiazine (Ce);

O1S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (Ce); and, N1O1S1: oxathiazine (Ce).

Examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to those derived from:

Cs-w carboaryl: The term “Cs-w carboaryl”, as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 6 to 10 ring atoms and the ring atoms are all carbon atoms, as in “carboaryl groups”. The ring may be a fused ring or a single ring. Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (Cs), naphthalene (Cw) and azulene (Cw).

In this context, the prefixes (e.g. C5-7, C5-6, Cs-w, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms. For example, the term “Cs-s aryl” as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.

Examples of carboaryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1/7-indene) (C9), indene (C9), isoindene (C9) and tetraline (1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene) (Cw).

Cs-w heteroaryl: The term “Cs-w heteroaryl”, as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms of which from 1 to 5 are ring heteroatoms. In certain embodiments, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms. For the avoidance of doubt, substituents on the heteroaryl ring may be linked via either a carbon atom or a heteroatom. The ring may be a fused ring or a single ring.

Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from: N pyrrole (azole) (Cs), pyridine (azine) (Cs);

O1: furan (oxole) (Cs);

Si: thiophene (thiole) (Cs);

N1O1: oxazole (Cs), isoxazole (Cs), isoxazine (Cs);

N2O1: oxadiazole (furazan) (Cs);

N3O1: oxatriazole (Cs); NiSi : thiazole (Cs), isothiazole (Cs);

N2: 1 /-/-imidazole (1 ,3-diazole) (C5), 1/7-pyrazole (1 ,2-diazole) (C5), pyridazine (1 ,2-diazine) (Ce), pyrimidine (1 ,3-diazine) (Ce) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1 ,4-diazine) (Ce);

N3: triazole (Cs), triazine (Ce); and, N4: tetrazole (Cs).

Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to C9 heteroaryl (with 2 fused rings) derived from:

Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to C10 heteroaryl (with 2 fused rings) derived from:

Examples of heteroaryl or heterocyclic compounds include but are not limited to those derived from:

Spiro C6-12 carbocyclyl: The term Spiro C6-12 carbocyclyl as used herein pertains to a moiety that has at least two molecular rings with only one common atom. The simplest spiro compounds are bicyclic (having just two rings), or have a bicyclic portion as part of the larger ring system, in either case with the two rings connected through the defining single common atom. Spiro C6-12 carbocyclyl pertains to a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 6 to 12 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms wherein the rings share a common atom.

Spiro C6-12 heterocyclyl: The term Spiro C6-12 heterocyclyl as used herein pertains to a moiety that has at least two molecular rings with only one common atom. The simplest spiro compounds are bicyclic (having just two rings), or have a bicyclic portion as part of the larger ring system, in either case with the two rings connected through the defining single common atom. The spiro C6-12 heterocyclyl moiety pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 8 to 12 ring atoms of which from 1 to 3 are ring heteroatoms wherein the rings share a common atom. In certain embodiments, each ring has from 9 to 11 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 2 are ring heteroatoms. For the avoidance of doubt, substituents on the heteroaryl ring may be linked via either a carbon atom or a heteroatom.

For the avoidance of doubt, where multiple substituents are independently selected from a given group, the selected substituents may comprise the same substituents or different substituents from within the given group. Pharmaceutically acceptable salt

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” is used to specify that an object (for example a salt, dosage form or excipient) is suitable for use in patients. An example list of pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use, P. H. Stahl and C. G. Wermuth, editors, Weinheim/Zurich: Wiley-VCH/VHCA, 2002.

A suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula (I) is, for example, an acid addition salt. An acid addition salt of a compound of Formula (I) may be formed by bringing the compound into contact with a suitable inorganic or organic acid under conditions known to the skilled person. An acid addition salt may for example be formed using an inorganic acid selected from the group consisting of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid. An acid addition salt may also be formed using an organic acid selected from the group consisting of trifluoroacetic acid, citric acid, maleic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid and para-toluenesulfonic acid.

Another suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of Formula (I) is, for example, a base addition salt. A base addition salt of a compound of Formula (I) may be formed by bringing the compound into contact with a suitable inorganic or organic base under conditions known to the skilled person. A base addition salt may for example be formed using an inorganic base selected from the group consisting of lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide and calcium hydroxide. A base addition salt may also be formed using an organic base selected from the group consisting of L-arginine, choline, L- lysine, t-butylamine, ethylenediamine, ammonia, dimethylaminoethanol, N-methylglucamine, tromethamine and hydroxyethylmorpholine.

Therefore, in one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, citric acid, maleic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, pyruvic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid or para- toluenesulfonic acid salt.

Therefore, in another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, magnesium salt, calcium salt, L-arginine salt, choline salt, L-lysine salt, t-butylamine salt, ethylenediamine salt, ammonia salt, dimethylaminoethanol salt, N-methylglucamine salt, tromethamine salt or hydroxyethylmorpholine salt.

Other forms

Compounds and salts described in this specification may exist in solvated forms and unsolvated forms. For example, a solvated form may be a hydrated form, such as a hemihydrate, a monohydrate, a dihydrate, a trihydrate or an alternative quantity thereof. The compounds of Formula (I) encompass all such solvated and unsolvated forms of compounds of Formula (I), particularly to the extent that such forms possess PCSK9 inhibitory activity, as for example measured using the tests described herein.

Compounds and salts described in this specification include one or more chiral (i.e. asymmetric) centres. To the extent a structure or chemical name in this specification does not indicate the chirality, the structure or name is intended to encompass any single stereoisomer (i.e. any single chiral isomer) corresponding to that structure or name, as well as any mixture of stereoisomers (e.g. a racemate). In some embodiments, a single stereoisomer is obtained by isolating it from a mixture of isomers (e.g. a racemate) using, for example, chiral chromatographic separation. In other embodiments, a single stereoisomer is obtained through direct synthesis from, for example, a chiral starting material.

A particular enantiomer of a compound described herein may be more active than other enantiomers of the same compound.

According to one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is a single enantiomer being in an enantiomeric excess (%ee) of > 95, > 98% or > 99%. Conveniently, the single enantiomer is present in an enantiomeric excess (%ee) of > 99%.

According to another embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises a compound of Formula (I), which is a single enantiomer being in an enantiomeric excess (%ee) of > 95, > 98% or > 99% or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Conveniently, the single enantiomer is present in an enantiomeric excess (%ee) of > 99%.

Isotopes

Atoms of the compounds and salts described in this specification may exist as their isotopes.

The compound of Formula (I) encompasses all compounds of Formula (I) where an atom is replaced by one or more of its isotopes (for example a compound of Formula (I) where one or more carbon atom is an ¹¹C or ¹³C carbon isotope, or where one or more hydrogen atoms is a ²H or ³H isotope).

Tautomers

Compounds and salts described in this specification may exist as a mixture of tautomers. “Tautomers” are structural isomers that exist in equilibrium resulting from the migration of a hydrogen atom. The compound of Formula (I) includes all tautomers of compounds of Formula (I) particularly to the extent that such tautomers possess PCSK9 inhibitory activity.

Therapy, prophylaxis and related terms

The term “therapy” is intended to have its normal meaning of dealing with a disease in order to entirely or partially relieve one, some or all of its symptoms, or to correct or compensate for the underlying pathology. The term "therapy" also includes "prophylaxis" unless there are specific indications to the contrary. The terms "therapeutic" and "therapeutically" should be interpreted in a corresponding manner.

The term “prophylaxis” is intended to have its normal meaning and includes primary prophylaxis to prevent the development of the disease and secondary prophylaxis whereby the disease has already developed and the patient is temporarily or permanently protected against exacerbation or worsening of the disease or the development of new symptoms associated with the disease.

The term “treatment” is used synonymously with “therapy”. Similarly the term “treat” can be regarded as “applying therapy” where “therapy” is as defined herein.

The term "subject" to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e. , a male or female of any age group, e.g., a paediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, quail, and/or turkeys. Preferred subjects are humans.

An “effective amount”, as used herein, refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve a desired biological effect. A “therapeutically effective amount”, as used herein refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve a desired therapeutic effect. For example, a therapeutically effective amount can refer to an amount that is sufficient to improve at least one sign or symptom of the disease to be treated.

Pharmaceutical compositions

The compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered as pharmaceutical compositions, comprising one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

Therefore, in one embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

The excipient(s) selected for inclusion in a particular composition will depend on factors such as the mode of administration and the form of the composition provided. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are well known to persons skilled in the art and are described, for example, in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Sixth edition, Pharmaceutical Press, edited by Rowe, Ray C; Sheskey, Paul J; Quinn, Marian. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may function as, for example, adjuvants, diluents, carriers, stabilisers, flavourings, colorants, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, thickening agents and coating agents. As persons skilled in the art will appreciate, certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may serve more than one function and may serve alternative functions depending on how much of the excipient is present in the composition and what other excipients are present in the composition.

The pharmaceutical compositions may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous or intramuscular dosing), or as a suppository for rectal dosing. The compositions may be obtained by conventional procedures well known in the art. Compositions intended for oral use may contain additional components, for example, one or more colouring, sweetening, flavouring and/or preservative agents.

Suitable daily doses of the compounds disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in therapeutic treatment of humans are about 0.0001-100 mg/kg body weight. Pharmaceutical formulations as described herein may be formulated by methods known to those skilled in the art to provide doses of the active compound in the range of 0.1 mg to 1000 mg. The daily dose will necessarily be varied depending upon the host treated, the particular route of administration, any therapies being co-administered, and the severity of the illness being treated. Accordingly, the practitioner who is treating any particular patient may determine the optimum dosage.

The pharmaceutical compositions described herein comprise compounds of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and are therefore expected to be useful in therapy.

As such, in one embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for use in therapy, comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In one embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a disease in which inhibition of PCSK9 is beneficial, comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease, comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In one embodiment there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease in which inhibition of PCSK9 is beneficial, comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

Methods of Use

The compounds described herein may be used in a method of therapy. Also provided is a method of treatment, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). The term “therapeutically effective amount” is an amount sufficient to show benefit to a patient. Such benefit may be at least amelioration of at least one symptom. The actual amount administered, and rate and timecourse of administration, will depend on the nature and severity of what is being treated. Prescription of treatment, e.g. decisions on dosage, is within the responsibility of general practitioners and other medical doctors.

A compound may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially dependent upon the condition to be treated. In one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I) for use in therapy. In one embodiment there is provided the use of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament. In another embodiment there is provided a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I).

The compounds described herein are PCSK9 inhibitors. The PCSK9 gene was identified using genetic mapping techniques on DNA from subjects with autosomal dominant hypercholesterolemia (Abifadel 2003). The encoded protein is a serine protease that is mostly expressed in the liver, gut, kidney, and nervous system and circulates in plasma. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, studies on mutations in the gene indicated that its putative role was in reducing LDLR at the cell surface independently of its catalytic activity (Abifadel 2010). Binding of PCSK9 to the LDLR results in their lysosomal degradation. This enhanced LDLR degradation results in increases in the amount of circulating low-density lipoprotein (LDL). PCSK9 is upregulated by statins, SREBP-1a and SREBP-2, LXR agonist, and insulin, but downregulated by dietary cholesterol, glucagon, ethinylestradiol, chenodeoxycholic acid and the bile acid-activated farnesoid X receptor (FXR) (Maxwell 2003; Persson 2009;

Langhi 2008). Since an elevated level of PCSK9 decreases the abundance of LDLR on the cell surface, increasing doses of statins fail to achieve proportional LDL-C lowering results. Thus, disclosed herein are methods for treating a wide range of cardiovascular diseases and conditions that benefit from inhibiting PCSK9 thereby lowering LDL-C.

In certain embodiments, the method of inhibiting PCSK9 occurs in a subject in need thereof, thereby treating a disease or disorder mediated by PCSK9. Also, disclosed herein are methods of treating or preventing a disease or a disorder mediated by PCSK9 comprising administering a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, disclosed herein are methods of treating a disease or a disorder mediated by PCSK9 comprising administering a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, disclosed herein are methods of preventing a disease or a disorder mediated by PCSK9 comprising administering a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The prevention of cardiovascular events through the inhibition of PCSK9 has been described, e.g., in Robinson 2015. In some embodiments there is provided a method of treating a cardiovascular disease comprising administering to a subject a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I). In some embodiments there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease. In some embodiments there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a cardiovascular disease.

Exemplary cardiovascular diseases and conditions include, but are not limited to, dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, stroke, vascular dementia, chronic kidney disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, retinopathy, inflammation, thrombosis, peripheral vascular disease, heart failure or congestive heart failure. In certain embodiments, exemplary cardiovascular diseases and conditions include, but are not limited to, hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia, hyperlipoproteinemia, hypertriglyceridemia, dyslipidemia, dyslipoproteinemia, atherosclerosis, hepatic steatosis, metabolic syndrome and coronary artery disease. In certain embodiments, the disease is hypercholesterolemia, such as familial hypercholesterolemia or autosomal dominant hypercholesterolemia. In certain embodiments, the disease is hyperlipidemia. In certain embodiments, the disease is coronary artery disease.

In certain embodiments, the disclosed methods of treatment can decrease high levels of circulating serum cholesterol, such as LDL-C and VLDL-Cholesterol. In addition, the disclosed methods are useful for decreasing circulating serum triglycerides, circulating serum lipoprotein A, circulating serum LDL-C and atherogenic lipoproteins. In certain embodiments, the diseases or conditions treated with the disclosed compounds and compositions include atherosclerosis and atherosclerotic plaque formation. Subjects having a gain-of-function mutation in the PCSK9 gene also benefit with treatment with the disclosed compounds and compositions counteracting the mutation through their inhibition of PCSK9.

In some embodiments there is provided a method of treating a kidney disease comprising administering to a subject a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I). In some embodiments there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for use in the treatment of a kidney disease. In some embodiments there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a kidney disease. In some embodiments the kidney disease is a chronic kidney disease.

Combination treatments

Disclosed compounds and compositions may be conjointly administered with other therapeutic agents, such as other agents suitable for the treatment of high levels of LDL-C and triglycerides. In certain embodiments, conjointly administering one or more additional therapeutic agents with a compound described herein provides a synergistic effect. In certain embodiments, conjointly administering one or more additional therapeutic agents provides an additive effect.

In some embodiments in which a combination therapy is used, the amount of the compound or salt described in this specification and the amount of the other pharmaceutically active agent(s) are, when combined, therapeutically effective to treat a targeted disorder in the animal patient. In this context, the combined amounts are “therapeutically effective amounts” if they are, when combined, sufficient to reduce or completely alleviate symptoms or other detrimental effects of the disorder; cure the disorder; reverse, completely stop, or slow the progress of the disorder; or reduce the risk of the disorder getting worse. Typically, such amounts may be determined by one skilled in the art by, for example, starting with the dosage range described in this specification for the compound or salt and an approved or otherwise published dosage range(s) of the other pharmaceutically active compound(s).

A pharmaceutical composition of the specification may comprise one or more further active ingredients, as appropriate, examples of combinations of a compound of the specification (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) and one or more additional active ingredients are described herein.

The specification further relates to a combination therapy wherein a compound of the specification, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a second active ingredient are administered concurrently, sequentially or in admixture, for the treatment of one or more of the conditions listed above. Such a combination may be used in combination with one or more further active ingredients.

In one aspect there is provided a combination (for example, for use as a medicament for the treatment of one of the diseases or conditions listed herein, such as a cardiovascular disease) comprising a compound of the specification, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one active ingredient selected from: i) a statin; ii) a cholesterol absorption inhibitor; iii) a SGLT2 inhibitor; iv) a P2Y12 inhibitor; v) an ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor; and vi) anti-hypertensive drugs.

In a further aspect of the present specification there is provided a pharmaceutical composition (for example, for use as a medicament for the treatment of one of the diseases or conditions listed herein, such as a cardiovascular disease) comprising a compound of the specification, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one active ingredient selected from: i) a statin; ii) a cholesterol absorption inhibitor; iii) a SGLT2 inhibitor; iv) a P2Y12 inhibitor; v) an ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor; vi) anti-hypertensive drugs.

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from a statin, wherein the statin is selected from Atorvastatin, Fluvastatin, Lovastatin, Mevastatin, Pitavastatin, Pravastatin, Rosuvastatin or Simvastatin. In another aspect the statin is Rosuvastatin (Crestor).

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, wherein the cholesterol absorption inhibitor is selected from Ezetimibe (Ezetrol).

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from a SGLT2 inhibitor, wherein the SGLT2 inhibitor is selected from Canagliflozin, Dapagliflozin, Empagliflozin, Ertugliflozin, Ipragliflozin, Luseogliflozin, Remogliflozin etabonate, Sergliflozin etabonate, Sotagliflozin or Tofogliflozin. In some aspects the SGLT2 inhibitor is selected from Dapagliflozin (Farxiga or Forxiga).

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from a P2Y12 inhibitor, wherein the P2Y12 inhibitor is selected from Brilinta (Ticagrelor) and Clopidogrel (Plavix).

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from a ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor, wherein the ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor is Bempedoic acid (Nexletol).

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from Ezetimibe, Rosuvastatin, Dapagliflozin and Ticagrelor. In one embodiment there is one additional active ingredient. In another embodiment there are two additional active ingredients. In one embodiment the additional active ingredient is Ezetimibe, Rosuvastatin, Dapagliflozin or Ticagrelor. In another embodiment the additional two active ingredients are Ezetimibe and Rosuvastatin or Dapagliflozin and Rosuvastatin.

In another embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient selected from antihypertensive drugs. In some aspects, the antihypertensive drug is selected from Valsartan (Diovan), Metoprolol (Lopressor), HCTZ (Hydrochlorothiazide), Olmesartan (Benicar), Lisinopril (Prinivil, Zestril), Amlodipine besylate (Norvasc), Candesartan, or a calcium channel blocker or a combination thereof. In another aspect there is provided the compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with: i) Valsartan; ii) Metoprolol; iii) Valsartan and HCTZ; iv) Olmesartan; v) Olmesartan and HCTZ; vi) Lisinopril; vii) Amlodipine; viii) Candesartan; ix) a calcium channel blocker; or x) HCTZ.

In one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one additional active ingredient for use in the simultaneous, separate or sequential treatment of a cardiovascular disease. In one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease, where the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially with at least one an additional active substance selected from Ezetimibe, Rosuvastatin, Dapagliflozin and Ticagrelor.

In another embodiment there is provided a method of treating a cardiovascular disease in a subject, which comprises administering to said subject a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and simultaneously, separately or sequentially administering at least one additional active substance, wherein the at least one additional active substance is selected from Ezetimibe, Rosuvastatin, Dapagliflozin and Ticagrelor.

In one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease in a subject, wherein said treatment comprises the separate, sequential or simultaneous administration of i) said compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and ii) at least one additional active ingredient to said subject.

In one embodiment there is provided a method of treatment of a cardiovascular disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a first amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a second amount of at least one additional active ingredient, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount.

In one embodiment there is provided a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease wherein said treatment comprises the separate, sequential or simultaneous administration of i) said medicament comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and ii) at least one additional active ingredient to said subject.

In the above embodiments, the at least one additional active ingredient may be selected from (a) a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or (c) bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Thus, in some embodiments the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments the at least one additional active ingredient is ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments the at least one additional active ingredient is bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Statins

Statins include atorvastatin, cerivastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, mevastatin, pitavastatin, pravastatin, velostatin, compactin, dihydrocompactin, dalvastatin, fluindostatin, rosuvastatin, and simvastatin or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

US4231938 discloses certain compounds isolated after cultivation of a microorganism belonging to the genus Aspergillus, such as lovastatin. Also, US4444784 discloses synthetic derivatives of the aforementioned compounds, such as simvastatin. Also, US4739073 discloses certain substituted indoles, such as fluvastatin. Also, US4346227 discloses ML-236B derivatives, such as pravastatin. Also, EP0491226A and US5502199 disclose certain pyridyldihydroxyheptenoic acids, such as cerivastatin. In addition, US5273995 discloses certain 6-[2-(substituted-pyrrol-1-yl)alkyl]pyran-2-ones such as atorvastatin and any pharmaceutically acceptable form thereof (i.e. LIPITOR®). Atorvastatin calcium (i.e. , atorvastatin hemicalcium), disclosed in US5273995 is currently sold as Lipitor®. US RE37,314 E discloses rosuvastatin and rosuvastatin calcium. EP0304063 and US5011930 disclose pitivastatin. US3983140 discloses mevastatin. US4448784 and US4450171 disclose velostatin. US4804770 discloses compactin. EP0738510A2 discloses dalvastatin. EP0363934A1 discloses fluindostatin. US4450171 discloses dihydrocompactin.

In some embodiments, the statin is selected from atorvastatin, rosuvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin and fluvastatin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

In some embodiments, the statin is rosuvastatin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some of these embodiments, the statin is rosuvastatin or rosuvastatin calcium. levels

In some embodiments, the statin dosing regimen is a moderate-intensity dosing according to the ACC (American College of Cardiology)/AHA (American Heart Association) (Grundy 2018).

This moderate-intensity dosing may be:

Dosing regimen

The rosuvastatin may be dosed as rosuvastatin calcium, where the dose given is calculated as rosuvastatin in its free form.

The atorvastatin may be dosed as atorvastatin calcium or atorvastatin calcium trihydrate, where the dose given is calculated as atorvastatin in its free form.

The pravastatin may be dosed as pravastatin calcium, where the dose given is calculated as pravastatin in its free form.

The pitavastatin may be dosed as pitavastatin calcium, where the dose given is calculated as pitavastatin in its free form.

In some embodiments, the statin dosing regimen is a high-intensity dosing according to the ACC (American College of Cardiology)/AHA (American Heart Association) (Grundy 2018).

This high-intensity dosing may be:

As above, the rosuvastatin may be dosed as rosuvastatin calcium, where the dose given is calculated as rosuvastatin in its free form.

As above, the atorvastatin may be dosed as atorvastatin calcium or atorvastatin calcium trihydrate, where the dose given is calculated as atorvastatin in its free form.

In some embodiments, the statin dosing regimen is one appropriate to patients from, for example, Japan:

Dosing regimen

As above, the pitavastatin may be dosed as pitavastatin calcium, where the dose given is calculated as pitavastatin in its free form.

Ezetimibe

Ezetimibe refers to a compound with the chemical name (3R,4S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-[(3S)-3- (4-fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypropyl]-4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)azetidin-2-one and the structure shown below:

Ezetimibe inhibits the absorption of cholesterol from the small intestine and decreases the amount of cholesterol normally available to liver cells. The lower levels of cholesterol in the liver cells leads them to absorb more cholesterol from circulation and thus lowering the levels of circulating cholesterol. It blocks the critical mediator of cholesterol absorption, the Niemann-Pick C1 -like 1 (NPC1 L1) protein on the gastrointestinal tract epithelial cells, as well as in hepatocytes; it blocks aminopeptidase N and interrupts a caveolin 1 -annexin A2 complex involved in trafficking cholesterol (Phan 2012).

Awad 2018 reported that ezetimibe reduces plasma LDL-C levels by up to

20% when used alone, and that it lowered plasma levels of lipoprotein(a) by about 7%. In some embodiments, ezetimibe is administered in a dose of 5 to 15 mg per day. The daily dose may be up to 10 mg, 11 mg, 12 mg, 13 mg, 14 mg or 15 mg. The daily dose may be at least 5 mg, 6 mg, 7 mg, 8 mg, 9 mg, or 10 mg.

In some embodiments, ezetimibe is administered in a dose of 10 mg per day.

In some embodiments, ezetimibe is administered as a free base, i.e. not in salt form.

In some embodiments, ezetimibe is administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the dosage is that of ezetimibe not in a salt form. Unless otherwise stated, any reference in this disclosure to an amount of ezetimibe, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is based on the ezetimibe free base equivalent weight. For example, “wt%” refers to weight % based on ezetimibe free base equivalent weight.

Bempedoic acid

Bempedoic acid refers to a compound also known as 8-hydroxy-2,2, 14,14- tetramethylpentadecanedioic acid and the structure shown below:

Bempedoic acid targets the cholesterol biosynthesis pathway in the liver. Bempedoic acid inhibits ATP-citrate lyase (ACL), two steps upstream of HMG CoA reductase. Bempedoic acid is converted to active coenzyme A form by enzymes found only in the liver and not in muscles (Agarwala and Goldberg 2020)

Bempedoic acid has been approved for use in combination with a statin or statin with other lipid- lowering therapies in patients unable to reach LDL-C goals with the maximum tolerated dose of a statin or, alone or in combination with other lipid-lowering therapies in patients who are statin intolerant, or for whom a statin is contraindicated.

In some embodiments, bempedoic acid is administered in a dose of 150 to 200 mg per day.

The daily dose may be up to 180 mg, 185 mg, 190 mg, 195 mg, or 200 mg. The daily dose may be at least 150 mg, 155 mg, 160 mg, 165 mg, 170 mg, 175 mg or 180 mg.

In some embodiments, bempedoic acid is administered in a dose of 180 mg per day. In some embodiments, bempedoic acid is administered as a free acid, i.e. not in salt form.

In some embodiments, bempedoic acid is administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the dosage is that of bempedoic acid not in a salt form. Unless otherwise stated, any reference in this disclosure to an amount of bempedoic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is based on the bempedoic acid free acid equivalent weight. For example, “wt%” refers to weight % based on bempedoic acid free acid equivalent weight.

Salts of bempedoic acid are described in WO 2020/257573.

Further Embodiments

The following embodiments may apply to all aspects as described above or may relate to a single aspect. The embodiments may be combined together in any combination.

In some embodiments X¹ is N or C-R^A1.

In some embodiments X² is N or C-R^A4.

In some embodiments X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon) or C-R^A2.

In some embodiments of formula A1a, at least one of X¹, X² and X³ is N.

In some embodiments of formula A1a, X¹ is N and X² is N and X³ is C-R^A2.

In some embodiments of formula A1a, X¹ is N and X² is C-R^A4 and X³ is C-R^A2.

In some embodiments of formula A1a, X¹ is C-R^A1 and X² is N and X³ is C-R^A2.

In some embodiments, X¹ is C-R^A1 and X² is C-R^A4 and X³ is C-R^A2.

In some embodiments of formula A1a, X¹ is C-R^A1, X² is C-R^A4, and X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon).

In some embodiments of formula A1a, X¹ is N, X² is C-R^A4, and X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon).

In some embodiments, X² is C-R^A4.

In some embodiments, X¹ is N. In some embodiments, X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon).

R^A1

In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH.

In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups; and

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, halo or C1-6 alkyl amido.

In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, one or more halo groups or C1-6 alkyl amido; and

(vi) OH.

When R^A1 is an optionally substituted C1-6 hydrocarbon it is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments it is optionally substituted methyl or optionally substituted ethyl. In further embodiments, it is optionally substituted methyl. In further embodiments, it is unsubstituted methyl. When R^A1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups. In further embodiments the optional substituents are selected from OH, F and Br.

When R^A1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments it is optionally substituted OMe or ethoxy. In some embodiments R^A1 is unsubstituted OMe.

When R^A1 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from C1-6 alkyl amido or one or more halo groups. In another embodiment the optional substituents are selected from one, two or three F atoms.

When R^A1 is halo, in some embodiments it is F, Br or Cl. In other embodiments it is Br or Cl.

In some embodiments R^A1 is H.

In some embodiments R^A1 is OH.

In some embodiments R^A1 is CN.

In some embodiments R^A1 is methyl.

In some embodiments R^A1 is -OCF2H.

In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from H, Br, Cl, CN, OMe, ethoxy, methyl or ethyl. In further embodiments R^A1 is selected from H, -OCF2H, Br and Cl. In further embodiments R^A1 is selected from H, Br and Cl. In other embodiments R^A1 is H or -OCF2H.

In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, Br, Cl, CN, -OCF2H, OMe, ethoxy, methyl and ethyl. In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of H, Br, Cl, CN, -OCF2H, OMe, ethoxy, methyl and ethyl. In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, -OCF2H, Br and Cl. In some embodiments R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of H, -OCF2H, Br and Cl.

In some embodiments R^A1 is H.

In some embodiments R^A1 is OH or H.

R^A2

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN; (iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl,

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xii) C1-6 alkyl amido optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, CN, OH, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl,

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xii) C1-6 alkyl amido optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, CN, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups; and

(xiii) OH.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, Ci-e acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups; (v) OH;

(vi) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl amido optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, ON, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, or C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups; and

(x) C1-6 alkylamino.

In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) ON;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, ON, Ci-e acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl amido optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, ON, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, or C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups.

In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) ON;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, ON, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester; and

In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) C1-6 alkyl ester; (iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon;

(v) C1-6 alkyl amido optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, C2-3alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, or C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups;

(vi) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(vii)Ci-6 alkyl acyl;

(viii) C5 heteroaryl; or

(ix) C1-6 alkylamino.

When R^A2 is halo, in some embodiments it is Br or Cl. In further embodiments it is Cl.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from CN, Cl, OMe, methyl, cyclopropyl, -OCHF2, -OCF3 and optionally substituted C1-6 alkylamido.

In some embodiments R^A2 is C1-6 alkyl ester.

In some embodiments R^A2 is CF3.

In some embodiments R^A2 is CN.

In some embodiments R^A2 is H.

In some embodiments R^A2 is OH.

In some embodiments R^A2 is -C(=O)CH3.

In some embodiments R^A2 is -OCHF2.

In some embodiments R^A2 is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments R^A2 is Cl.

In some embodiments R^A2 is methyl.

In some embodiments R^A2 is S-ethyl.

In some embodiments R^A2 is a pyrazole.

In some embodiments R^A2 is N(CHs)2.

In some embodiments R^A2 is C(=O)NH(CH₂C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NHCH₂C CH, C(=O)NH(oxetane), C(=O)NH(CH₂CHF₂), C(=O)NH(CH₂CH₃), C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NH(CH₂), C(=O)N(CH₃)₂, C(=O)N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₂OH), C(=O)N(CH₃)(CH₂C CH or C(=O)NH(CH₂CH₂OH).

In some embodiments R^A2 is -S-CH3.

In some embodiments R^A2 is -S-CH2CH3.

In some embodiments R^A2 is -S-CH2-C(=O)-O-CH3.

In some embodiments R^A2 is C(=O)NH(CH)3.

When R^A2 is an optionally substituted C1-6 hydrocarbon it is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments it is optionally substituted methyl, optionally substituted ethyl or optionally substituted cyclopropyl. In further embodiments, it is optionally substituted methyl. In further embodiments, it is unsubstituted methyl. In other embodiments it is unsubstituted cyclopropyl.

When R^A2 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups. In further embodiments the optional substituents are selected from OH, F and Br.

When R^A2 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments it is optionally substituted OMe or ethoxy.

When R^A2 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from alkyl amido or one or more halo groups. In another embodiment the optional substituents are selected from one or more F. In another embodiment where R^A2 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy it is difluoromethoxy (-OCHF2).

When R^A2 is C1-6 alkyl ester, in some embodiments it is -C(=O)OCH2CH3.

When R^A2 is C1-6 alkyl amido, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from one or more methyl groups, an oxetane ring, a C2 alkylamido, ethyl which ethyl is optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups. In other embodiments when R^A2 is C1-6 alkyl amido it is C(=O)NHCH₂C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NHCH₂CHCH, -C(=O)NH-oxetane, C(=O)NHCH₂CHF₂, C(=O)NHCH₂CH₂OH, C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃, C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NHCH₃, C(=O)N(CH₃)2. When R^ is C1-6 alkyl amido, in some embodiments the optional substituent is OH.

When R^A2 is C1-6 alkylamino in some embodiments it is NHCH₃, NHCH(CH₃)2, N(CH2CH₃)2, or N(CH₃)2. In some embodiments when R^A2 is C1-6 alkylamino it is N(CH₃)2.

In other embodiments R^A2 is selected from -OCHF2, Cl, -OMe, methyl, -C(=O)CH₃, CN, -CH2OH, H and cyclopropyl. In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from methyl, -OCHF2, Cl, -CH2OH, H, CN, -C(=O)CH₃ or -OMe.

In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from methyl, -OCHF2, Cl, CF₃ and cyclopropyl. In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from methyl, -OCHF2, Cl and cyclopropyl.

In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from H, -COOH, -CH2OH, methyl, CN, cyclopropyl, - C(=O)CH₃, -OCHF2, Cl, -C(=O)OCH₂CH₃, -C(=O)NH_2I -C(=O)NHCH₃, -C(=O)N(CH₃)_2I - C(=O)NHCH₂C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHCH, -C(=O)NH-oxetane, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHF₂, - C(=O)NHCH₂CH₂OH, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of -CN, methyl, Cl, -C(=O)CH3, -C(=O)OCH₂CH₃, cyclopropyl, -C(=O)NHCH₂C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHCH,

-C(=O)NH-oxetane, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHF₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₂OH, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃, -C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₃, -C(=O)N(CH₃)_2I -OCHF₂, H, -OMe, and -OCF₃.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from C(=O)OCH₂CH₃, cyclopropyl, methyl, C(=O)NH(CH₂C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NHCH₂C = CH, C(=O)NH(oxetane), C(=O)NH(CH₂CHF₂),

C(=O)NH(CH₂CH₃), C(=O)NH₂, C(=O)NH(CH₃), C(=O)N(CH₃)₂, H, C(=O)N(CH₃)(CH₂CH₂OH), C(=O)N(CH₃)(CH₂C=CH, Cl, N(CH₃)₂, pyrazole, S-ethyl, C(=O)CH₃, or C(=O)NH(CH₂CH₂OH). In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from CN, methyl, Cl, -C(=O)CH₃, -C(C=O)OCH₂CH₃, cyclopropyl, -C(=O)NHCH₂C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHCH, -C(=O)NH-oxetane, - C(=O)NHCH₂CHF₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₂OH, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃, -C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₃, - C(=O)N(CH₃)₂, -OCHF₂, H, -OMe and -OCF₃. These groups are as shown in the table below:

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the following groups:

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from halo, C1-6 hydrocarbon and C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from chloro, bromo, C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl and C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one, two or three halo. In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from H, chloro, methyl, cyclopropyl, CF3 and OCF2H. In some embodiments, R^A2 is selected from chloro, methyl, CF3, and OCF2H. In some embodiments, R^A2 is selected from chloro, methyl, cyclopropyl and OCF2H.

R^A3 In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino, -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 alkyl acylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(v) OH;

(vi) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, NH2, C4 heterocyclyl or one or more halo groups;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) -NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xvii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xviii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xix) carboxy;

(xx) C(=O)NH₂

(xxi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl amido.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl C1-6 acyloxy, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino; -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 alkylacylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(v) OH; and

(vi) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, NH2, C4 heterocyclyl or one or more halo groups. In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylacyl, C1-6 acyloxy, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino; -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 alkylacylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(v) OH;

(vi) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, NH2, C4 heterocyclyl or one or more halo groups.

Where R^A3 is halo, in some embodiments it is Br or Cl. In some embodiments it is Cl. In further embodiments R^A3 is Br.

Where R^A3 is an optionally substituted C1-6 hydrocarbon it is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments it is optionally substituted methyl or optionally substituted ethyl. In further embodiments, it is optionally substituted methyl. In further embodiments, it is unsubstituted methyl.

When R^A3 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, in some embodiments the optionally substituents are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups. In further embodiments the optional substituents are selected from OH, F and Br.

In some embodiments R^A3 is OH.

When R^A3 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments it is optionally substituted OMe or ethoxy. In further embodiments it is OMe.

When R^A3 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy, in some embodiments the optional substituents are selected from alkyl amido and one or more halo groups. In another embodiment the optional substituents are selected from one or more F.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, CF3, CN, C1-2 alkyl, NH2 and halo. In other embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, methyl, CN and Cl. In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, methyl and OH.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, OMe, CF3, CN, C1-2 alkyl, NH2 and halo. In some embodiments R^A3 is CN.

In some embodiments R^A3 is H.

In some embodiments R^A3 is methyl.

In some embodiments R^A3 is OMe.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from methyl, H and CN.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, methyl and OH.

R^A2 and R^A3

When R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring or C5-7 heteroaromatic ring they form an optionally substituted benzene ring or an optionally substituted pyridine ring.

When R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring or C5-7 heteroaromatic ring the optional substituents are selected from NH2, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy and halo. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from methyl, ethyl, OMe, NH2, F, Cl and Br. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from methyl, NH2, Cl, F and OMe. In other embodiments the optional substituent is methyl.

In one embodiment when R^A2 and R^A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring, they form an optionally substituted pyridine. In some embodiments the optional substituent is NH2. In another embodiment R^A2 and R^A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an unsubstituted pyridine. In another embodiment R^A2 and R^A3 together form an optionally substituted pyrazole, an optionally substituted pyrrole or an optionally substituted thiazole. In some embodiments the optional substituent is methyl.

When R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring, the optional substituents are selected from C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, NH2 and halo. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from methyl, ethyl, OMe, ethoxy, NH2 and halo. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from NH2 and methyl.

When R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring, they form a 5 membered ring which comprises one or two atoms selected from N, O and S. In some embodiments the 5 membered ring contains one N and one S. In other embodiments the 5 membered ring contains one N. In other embodiments the 5 membered ring contains one N and one O. In other embodiments the 5 membered ring contains two Ns. In some embodiments R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted pyrrole or pyrazole.

When R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring, the optional substituents are selected from NH2, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy and halo. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from methyl, ethyl, OMe, ethoxy, NH2, F, Cl and Br. In other embodiments the optional substituent is methyl.

In other embodiments R^A2 and R^A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an:

(i) optionally substituted Ce heteroaromatic ring; wherein the optional substituent is NH2;

(ii) optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; wherein the optional substituent is F, OMe, Cl;

(iii) optionally substituted C5 heteroaromatic or C5 heterocycle ring wherein the optional substituent is methyl.

In some embodiments R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring or C5-7 heteroaromatic ring wherein the optional substituents are selected from C1-6 alkyl, and halo.

In some embodiments R^A2 and R^A3 together form an unsubstituted 2-pyrazole, a 2-pyrrole substituted by methyl, a pyridine optionally substituted by NH2, or a phenyl optionally substituted by Cl, F or OMe.

^4

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(viii) OH; and

(ix) oxo; In some embodiments, R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH.

X³ is N-(CI.₆ hydrocarbon)

In some embodiments, when X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon), X¹ is C-R^A1 and X² is C=O. In some of these embodiments, R^A1 and R^A3 are H.

In some embodiments, when X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon), the C1-6 hydrocarbon group is methyl or ethyl. In some of these embodiments, it is methyl, i.e. X³ is N-Me.

In some embodiments, A1a is of formula A1 :

In some embodiments, A1 is monocyclic.

In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae:

In some embodiments, A is of the following formula: ts, A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments, A is of the following formula: s, A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments R^A2 and R^A3 together form a ring selected from:

In some embodiments, A is of the following formula: where R^A2a is C1-6 hydrocarbon, and R^A1 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments R^A2a is methyl. In some embodiments A is selected from one of the following formulae:

In some embodiments A is selected from one of the following formulae: In some embodiments A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments, where the pyridine group of C is substituted by a monocyclic moiety, (A1a) is also monocyclic. In some embodiments, A1a is monocyclic. In some embodiments A does not comprise a bicyclic moiety, optionally only when the pyridine group of C is substituted by a monocyclic moiety.

In some embodiments A does not comprise a bicyclic pyrimidine moiety, optionally only when the pyridine group of C is substituted by a monocyclic moiety.

In some embodiments A is not selected from one of the following optionally substituted formulae, optionally only when the pyridine group of C is substituted by a monocyclic moiety.

In some embodiments A is not selected from one of the following formulae, optionally only when the pyridine group of C is substituted by a monocyclic moiety.

In some embodiments Z¹ is O.

In some embodiments Z¹ is S. In some embodiments Z¹ is NH and when Z¹ is NH and Z² is C-H then Z³ is C-R^A7.

Z²

In some embodiments Z² is N.

In some embodiments Z² is CH.

Z³

In some embodiments Z³ is N.

In some embodiments Z³ is C-R^A7.

In some embodiments A is selected from one of the following formulae: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B.

In further embodiments A is selected from one of the following formulae: when Z¹ is NH, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. when Z² is N and Z¹ is O or S, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. when Z² is CH and Z¹ is S, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. when Z² is CH and Z¹ is O, R^A5 is Z⁵ and R^A6 is Z⁴.

In some embodiments, A2a is of formula A2a15.

Z⁴

Z⁴is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo

(iii) CN;

(iv) Ci alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, or one or more halo groups; or

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments when Z⁴ is halo it is Cl, Br or F. In some embodiments when Z⁴ is halo it is Br. In some embodiments when Z⁴is an optionally substituted Ci alkyl it is methyl, CH2OH, CH2F, CHF2, CH2Br, CHBr2, CH2CI or CHCI2. In some embodiments when Z⁴ is optionally substituted Ci alkoxy it is OMe, OCHF2 or OCF3.

In some embodiments Z⁴ is selected from H, halo, CN, or methyl optionally substituted by one or more OH groups or one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments Z⁴ is selected from H, CN, CH2OH, Br or methyl.

In some embodiments Z⁴ is H.

Z⁵

In some embodiments Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo; (iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl.

In some embodiments Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl, and

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl.

In some embodiments Z⁵ is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more OH or one or more halo groups;

(iv) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C3-5 cycloalkyl;

(vi) C1-6 thioalkyl; and

(vii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl.

In some embodiments Z⁵ is H.

In some embodiments when Z⁵ is halo it is F, Cl or Br.

In some embodiments when Z⁵ is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl it is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, CH2OH, CH2F, CHF2, CF3. In further embodiments it is methyl, ethyl, CH2OH or CF3. In some embodiments when Z⁵ is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy it is OMe, O-ethyl, O- propyl, OCF2H, OCF3, OCFH2. In further embodiments it is OMe, OCF3, OCF2H.

In some embodiments when Z⁵ is a cycloalkyl it is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. In some embodiments it is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments when Z⁵ is a C1-6 thioalkyl it is S-CH3, S-CFhCHsor S-CH2CH2CH3. In some embodiments it is S-CH3.

In some embodiments when Z⁵ is a C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl it is P(=O)Me2, P(=O)(CH2CH3)2 or P(=O)(CH3)(CH2CH3). In some embodiments it is P(=O)Me2.

In further embodiments Z⁵ is selected from H, CH2OH, OCF2H, OCF3, CF3, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, P(=O)Me2, S-CH3 and OMe.

R^A7

In some embodiments R^A7 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo

(iii) ON;

(iv) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups;

(v) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C2-e alkynyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups; and

(vii) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments R^A7 is H.

In some embodiments R^A7 is CN.

In some embodiments when R^A7 is halo it is selected from Cl, Br and F.

In some embodiments when R^A7 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl it is methyl, ethyl, propyl, CF3, CF2H, CH2-CF2H or CH2-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments it is CF3, CH2-CF2H, CF2H or CH2-cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments when R^A7 is C2-6 alkenyl it is CH=CH2, CH=CHCH3 or CH2CH=CH2. In some embodiments it is CH=CH2. In some embodiments when R^A7 is C2-e alkynyl it is propargyl, acetylene or 1-butyne. In some embodiments it is propargyl.

In some embodiments when R^A7 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy it is OCF3, OCF2H or OMe.

In some embodiments R^A7 is selected from H, Cl, Br, OMe, CH=CH2, OCF3, OCF2H, F, CH2- CF2H, CF3, CF2H, CN, propargyl and CFh-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments R^A7 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein Z² is selected from N and C-H and R^A5 is selected from H, CN, CH2OH, OCHF2, methyl and Br.

In further embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein R^A5 is selected from H, CN, CH2OH, methyl, OCHF2, and Br.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: In some embodiments A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein Z² is selected from N or C-H, and when Z² is N, Z³ is either N or C-R^A7, and when Z² is C-H, Z³ is C-R^A7 or N; R^A5 is selected from H, methyl and Br; R^A6 is H, CN or CH2OH and R^A7 is H.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein R^A6 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more OH or one or more halo groups,

(iv) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C3-5 cycloalkyl;

(vi) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(viii) CN. In further embodiments when A is of the formula above R^A6 is selected from H, Br, CH2OH, C1-6 alkyl and CN.

In further embodiments when A is of the formula above R^A6 is selected from H, CH2OH, C1-6 alkyl and CN.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein R^A7 is selected from H, halo and OMe and R^A6 is selected from H, Br and CH2OH.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein R^A7 is selected from H, halo and OMe.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula:

In further embodiments when A is of the formula above, R^A7 is H.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein Z² is N or C-H, when Z² is N, Z³ is either N or C-R^A7, when Z² is C-H, Z³ is C-R^A7, wherein R^A7 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe, and R^A6 is selected from H, CH2OH, OCH3, OCHF2, OCF3, CF3, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, -P(=O)Me2 and -S-CH3.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula: wherein Z³ is N or C-R^A3, wherein R^A3 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe, R^A6 is selected from H, CH2OH, OCH3, OCHF2, OCF3, CF3, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, -P(=O)Me2 and -S- CH₃.

In some embodiments A is selected from any one of the following groups listed in the table: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B.

(A2b)

In some embodiments, A is A2b:

Z⁶

In some embodiments Z⁶ is N.

In some embodiments Z⁶ is CH.

Z⁷

In some embodiments Z⁷ is N.

In some embodiments Z⁷ is C-R^A8.

Z⁶ and Z⁷

In some embodiments, Z⁶ is C-H, and Z⁷ is C-R^A8. In some of these embodiments, R^A8 is H.

Z⁸ and Z⁹

In some embodiments Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo; (iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl.

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl, and

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl.

In some embodiments Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iv) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C3-5 cycloalkyl;

(vi) C1-6 thioalkyl; and

(vii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl.

In some embodiments Z⁸ and Z⁹ are H. In some embodiments, Z⁶ and Z⁷ are C-H, and Z⁸ and Z⁹ are H.

In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are halo it is F, Cl or Br. In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl it is a methyl, ethyl, propyl, CH2OH, CH2F, CHF2, CF3. In further embodiments it is methyl, ethyl, CH2OH or CF₃.

In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are an optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy it is OMe, O-ethyl, O-propyl, OCF2H, OCF3, OCFH2. In further embodiments it is OMe, OCF3, OCF2H.

In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are a cycloalkyl it is cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. In some embodiments it is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are a C1-6 thioalkyl it is S-CH3, S-CH2CH3 or S-CH2CH2CH3. In some embodiments it is S-CH3.

In some embodiments when one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are a C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl it is P(=O)Me2, P(=O)(CH2CH3)2 or P(=O)(CH3)(CH2CH3). In some embodiments it is P(=O)Me2.

In further embodiments one or both of Z⁸ and Z⁹ are selected from H, CH2OH, OCF2H, OCF3, CF3, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, P(=O)Me2, S-CH3 and OMe.

R^A8

In some embodiments R^A8 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups;

(v) C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C2-e alkynyl optionally substituted by OH, or one or more halo groups; and

(vii) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments R^A8 is H.

In some embodiments R^A8 is CN.

In some embodiments when R^A8 is halo it is selected from Cl, Br and F. In some embodiments when R^A8 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl it is methyl, ethyl, propyl, CF3, CF2H, CH2-CF2H or CH2-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments it is CF3, CH2-CF2H, CF2H or CH2-cyclopropyl. In some embodiments when R^A8 is C2-6 alkenyl it is CH=CH2, CH=CHCH3 or CH2CH=CH2. In some embodiments it is CH=CH2.

In some embodiments when R^A8 is C2-e alkynyl it is propargyl, acetylene or 1-butyne. In some embodiments it is propargyl.

In some embodiments when R^A8 is optionally substituted C1-6 alkoxy it is OCF3, OCF2H or OMe.

In some embodiments R^A8 is selected from H, Cl, Br, OMe, CH=CH2, OCF3, OCF2H, F, CH2- CF2H, CF3, CF2H, CN, propargyl and CFh-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments R^A8 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe.

In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B and wherein Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, and Z⁹ are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In some embodiments, A2b is of the formula A2b5.

In some embodiments, A is of the formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B, and Z⁶ is as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, Z⁶ is C-H.

In some embodiments A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments A is selected from one of the following formulae: (A3a) and (A3b)

In some embodiments, A is A3a or A3b: In some embodiments, A is A3a. In some embodiments, A is A3b.

^9

In some embodiments, R^A9 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, cyclopropyl, 1- methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R^A9 is selected from methyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2- methylcyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R^A9 is selected from methyl and 1 -methylcyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R^A9 is methyl.

In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae:

In some embodiments, A is of the following formula:

In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae: In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae:

In some embodiments, A is selected from one of the following formulae:

(B-1)

In some embodiments B is of formula (B-1): wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A and C; wherein R^B1 is -H, -OH, - OMe, -O-ethyl, -CH₂OH, -CH₂CH₂OH or =CHCH₂-OH.

In other embodiments R^B1 is H, -CH₂OH, -CH₂CH₂OH or =CHCH₂-OH.

In other embodiments R^B1 is -CH₂OH, -CH₂CH₂OH or =CHCH₂-OH.

In other embodiments R^B1 is H. In another embodiment B is of the formula (B-1a):

(B-1a).

In further embodiments B is of the formula (B-1b):

(B-1b).

Therefore, in some embodiments the compounds of Formula (I) is the S,S-enantiomer.

Alternatively, it is disclosed that B may be of formula (B-2): wherein the wavy lines indicate the point of attachment to A and C;

R^B2 is Ci-₂ alkyl-OH, CH₂CONHMe or C1.3 alkyl, wherein when R^A1 is H or halo, R^B2 is Ci-₂ alkyl-OH or CH₂C(=O)NHMe,

In some of these alternatives, R^B2 is Ci-₂ alkyl-OH, or C1-3 alkyl.

In some of these alternatives R^B2 is Ci-₂ alkyl-OH or CH₂C(=O)NHMe.

In some of these alternatives when X¹ is O or S and R^A1 is H or halo, R^B2 is Ci-₂ alkyl-OH or CH₂C(=O)NHMe.

In some of these alternatives when B is of the formula (B-2) it is of the following formula (B-2a): wherein the wavy lines indicate the point of attachment to A and C; and R^B2 is Ci-2alkyl-OH, CH2CONHMe or Ci-2alkyl, wherein when R^A1 is H or halo, R^B2 is Ci-2 alkyl-OH or CH₂C(=O)NHMe.

(C-1a), (C-1b), (C-1c) or(C-1d)

In some embodiments, C is selected from one of formula (C-1a), (C-1b), (C-1c) and (C1-d):

In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1a) or (C-1b). In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1a). In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1 b).

In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1c) or (C-1d). In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1c). In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-1d).

In some embodiments, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷ and X are independently defined for (C-1a) and (C-1b).

X

X is hydrogen or fluorine.

In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is fluorine.

Q¹

Q¹ is selected from C-R^C1 and N. In some embodiments, Q¹ is C-R^c1. In some of these embodiments, R^C1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, Q¹ is N.

Q²

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N.

In some embodiments, Q² is C-R^c2. In some of these embodiments, R^C1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, Q² is N. In some embodiments, Q¹ and Q² are both C-H.

Q³

Q³ is selected from C and N.

In some embodiments, Q³ is C. In some embodiments, Q³ is N.

Q⁴

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^C4, O, S, N and N-R^C7.

In some embodiments, Q⁴ is selected from C-R^C4, S, N, and N-R^C7. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is selected from CH, S, N and N-Me.

Q⁵

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, O, S, N and N-R^C7.

In some embodiments, Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, S, N, and N-R^C7. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is selected from CH, S, and NH.

Q⁶

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7.

In some embodiments, Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, N and N-R^C7. In some embodiments, Q⁶ is selected from CH, O, N, NH and N-Me.

Q⁷

Q⁷ is selected from C and N.

In some embodiments, Q⁷ is C. In some embodiments, Q⁷ is N.

Q⁸

Q⁸ is selected from C-H and N.

In some embodiments, Q⁸ is C-H. In some embodiments, Q⁸ is N.

None or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; no more than two of Q⁴, Q⁵ and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; the ring comprising Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and none or one of Q⁴ Q⁵, and Q⁶ is N-R^C7.

R^C1

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

In some embodiments, R^C1 is H.

R^C2

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(ix) phenyl optionally substituted by one or more halo atoms;

In some embodiments, R^C2 is H.

In some embodiments, R^C2 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments, R^C2 is C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments, R^C4, R^C5, and R^C6 are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo;

(vi) CN; and (vii) aminocarbonyl;

In some embodiments, R^C4, R^C5, and R^C6 are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH groups;

(iii) halo;

(iv) CN; and

(v) aminocarbonyl;

R^C7

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkyl ester optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; and

C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

In some of these embodiments, R^C7 is C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups.

In some embodiments, R^C7 is H, methyl, or t-butyl ester. In some embodiments, R^C7 is H or methyl. In some embodiments R^C7 is H. In some embodiments, R^C7 is methyl. In some embodiments, R^C7 is t-butyl ester.

R^C8

R^C8 is selected from hydrogen or methyl. In some embodiments, R^C8 is methyl.

In some embodiments, the ring comprising Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is selected from pyrrole, thiophene, 2-bromothiophene, imidazole, N-methylimidazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole and furan, optionally wherein Q³ and Q⁷ are not heteroatoms.

In some embodiments, the ring comprising Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is selected from pyrrole, thiophene, 2-bromothiophene, imidazole, N-methylimidazole and furan, optionally wherein Q³ and Q⁷ are not heteroatoms.

In some embodiments, Q² is C-H.

In some embodiments, C is of formula C-1 : wherein

Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^C4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^C5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^C6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N; where none or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; where no more than two of Q⁴, Q⁵and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; where the ring comprising Q³ Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and where only one of Q⁴ Q⁵, and Q⁶ can be N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo; and

(vi) CN

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

In some embodiments, C is of the Formula (C-2a) wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X is hydrogen or fluorine;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N; where none or one of Q¹ and Q⁷ is N; where the ring comprising Q⁴, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; where none or one of Q⁴ and Q⁶ is N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and (iv) CN; wherein R^C4, R^C5 and R^C6 are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo;

(vi) CN; and

(vii) aminocarbonyl;

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkyl ester optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

In some embodiments, R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

In some embodiments, R^C4, R^C5 and R^C6 are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo; and

(vi) CN.

In some embodiments, R^C7 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl.

In some embodiments, R^C7 is selected from H and methyl.

In some embodiments,

Q¹ is selected from C-H and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-CI, C-H, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-H, O, S, N and N-R^C7; Q⁷ is selected from C and N;

R^C5 is selected from H, CN, Me, Cl, F, -C(Me)2OH, C(O)NH2, and bromo; and

R^C7 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl. In some of these embodiments, Q⁴ is selected from C- H, O, S, N and N-R^C7; and R^C5 is selected from H and bromo.

In some embodiments, C is of the Formula (C-3a) where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where X is hydrogen or fluorine; where Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁶ and R^C5 are as defined for (C-1); where the ring comprising Q⁴ and Q⁶ is aromatic; and where none or one of Q⁴ and Q⁶ is N-R^C7.

In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments,

Q¹ is selected from C-H and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-CI, C-H, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-H, O, S, N and N,-R^C7;

R^C5 is selected from H, CN, Me, Cl, F, -C(Me)2OH, C(O)NH2, and bromo; and

R^C7 is selected from H and methyl. In some of these embodiments, Q⁴ is selected from C-H, O, S, N and N-R^C7; and R^C5 is selected from H and bromo.

In some embodiments, C is of the Formula (C-4a) wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where X is hydrogen or fluorine; where Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁶ and R^C5 are as defined for (C-1); where the ring comprising Q⁴ and Q⁶ is aromatic; and where neither of Q⁴ and Q⁶ is N-R^C7.

In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments,

Q⁴ is selected from C-H, and N;

Q⁶ is selected from C-H, and N;

R^C5 is selected from H and bromo; and only one of Q⁴ and Q⁶ can be N.

In some embodiments, C is of the Formula (C-5a) wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where X is hydrogen or fluorine; where Q¹, Q⁶ and R^C5 are as defined for (C-1); and where the ring comprising Q⁶ is aromatic.

In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments,

Q⁶ is selected from C-H, O, S and N;

R^C5 is selected from H and bromo.

In some embodiments, R^C5 is selected from H, fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

In some embodiments, R^C5 is selected from H and bromo.

In some embodiments, C is selected from one of the following formulae:

In another embodiment, C is selected from one of the formulae listed in the following table:

where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is fluorine.

In another embodiment, C is selected from one of the formulae listed in the following table: where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is fluorine.

In some embodiments, C is selected from one of the following formulae: where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is fluorine.

In some embodiments C is the following formula: where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, where X is fluorine, X² is C-R^A4. In some embodiments, where X is fluorine, A is selected from formulae A1a, A2b, A3a, and A3b, i.e. , A is not of formula A2a. In some embodiments, where C is of formula (C-1b), (C-1c) or (C-1d), X² is C-R^A4. In some embodiments, where C is of formula (C-1b), (C-1c) or (C-1d), A is selected from formulae A1a, A2b, A3a, and A3b, i.e., A is not of formula A2a. A and C

In some embodiments, A is selected from;

In some embodiments, A is selected from; where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is fluorine.

In some embodiments, A is selected from:

In some embodiments, A is selected from: where X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments, X is fluorine.

In some embodiments A is selected from; and C is selected from;

In some embodiments, there is provided a compound of formula A-B-C, wherein A and B are as defined in any other aspect herein, and C is selected from formulae (C-5) or (C-6) as shown below:

“ UL x"^K ll ^NH

_(C.5) wherein X is hydrogen or fluorine. In some embodiments X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is fluorine.

In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-5). In some embodiments, C is of formula (C-6).

In some embodiments, the compound is Example 71 or 72. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 71 and 72.

In some embodiments, the compound is Example 71 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

A-B-C (A1a)

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the Formula (l-Axa) or (l-Axb):

Wherein X, X¹, X², Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (l-Axa).

In some embodiments R^A1 is H, OH, CN, Br, Cl, optionally substituted -OMe, -O-ethyl, methyl or ethyl, where the optional substituents on the -OMe, O-ethyl, methyl or ethyl groups are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups. In some embodiments R^A1 is H, CN, OH, Br, Cl, optionally substituted -OMe, -O-ethyl, methyl or ethyl, where the optional substituents on the -OMe, O-ethyl, methyl or ethyl groups are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups. In further embodiments R^A1 is optionally substituted O-methyl wherein the optional substituents are one or more F groups. In further embodiments R^A1 is H. In further embodiments R^A1 is OH.

In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of: Br, Cl, CN, H, -C(=O)CH3, C1-6 alkyl amido which alkyl amido is optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, a thioalkyl optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl ester, CN, C2-3 alkynyl, C^ heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups, optionally substituted methoxy, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl wherein the optional substituents are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups, an optionally substituted methoxy or ethoxy wherein the optional substituents are selected from alkyl amido or one or more halo groups. In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of: Br, Cl, CN, H, -C(=O)CH3, C1-6 alkyl amido which alkyl amido is optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, CN, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl which alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups, optionally substituted methoxy, methyl, ethyl or cyclopropyl wherein the optional substituents are selected from OH, CN, or one or more halo groups, an optionally substituted methoxy or ethoxy wherein the optional substituents are selected from alkyl amido or one or more halo groups. In further embodiments R^A2 is selected from CN, methyl, Cl, -C(=O)CH3, -C(=O)OCH2CH3, cyclopropyl, -C(=O)NHCH₂C(=O)NH₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CHCH, -C(=O)NH-oxetane, - C(=O)NHCH₂CHF₂, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₂OH, -C(=O)NHCH₂CH₃, -C(=O)NH_2I -C(=O)NHCH₃, - C(=O)N(CH3)2, -OCF₂H, H, -OMe, -OCF3. In some embodiments R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of CN, methyl, Cl, -C(=O)CH₃, OCHF₂, cyclopropyl, OCF₃, OCH₃, H, -C(=O)NH(CH₃), S-CH₃, -S-CH₂CH₃ or -S-CH₂-C(=O)-O-CH₃.

In some embodiments R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of CN, Br, Cl, OH, H, CF3, Ci-₂ alkyl, Ci-₂alkoxy and NH₂. In further embodiments R^A3 is selected from H, methyl and CN.

In other embodiments R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring or C5-7 heteroaromatic ring, the optional substituents are selected from NH₂, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy and halo. In other embodiments the optional substituents are selected from NH₂, methyl, ethyl, OMe, F, Cl and Br.

In some embodiments R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form an optionally substituted pyridine, an optionally substituted benzene, a pyrrole or a pyrazole. In some embodiments R^A2 and R^A3 together form an unsubstituted 2-pyrazole, a 2- pyrrole substituted by methyl, pyridine optionally substituted by NH₂ or benzene optionally substituted by Cl, F or OMe.

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the Formula (l-Bxa) or (l-Bxb): wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (l-Bxa). In some embodiments formula (l-Bxa) can be formulae (l-Baxa) or (l-Bbxa) as shown below: wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷ and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments formula (l-Bxb) can be formulae (l-Baxb) or (l-Bbxb) as shown below: wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formulae (l-Cxa) or (l-Cxb): wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (l-Cxa).

In some embodiments, R^A2 in formula (l-Cxa) or (l-Cxb) is selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.

In some embodiments formula (l-Cxa) can be any one of formulae (l-Caxa) to (l-Cexa) as shown below:

wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is a compound of formula (l-Cdxa).

In some embodiments formula (l-Cxb) can be any one of formulae (l-Caxb) to (l-Cexb) as shown below: I-Cfxb), wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is a compound of formula (l-Cdxb). In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formulae (l-F), (l-Fa), (l-Fb) or (l-Fc): wherein R^A2, R^A3, X¹, X², Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹ and X are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, R^A3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (l-Fb).

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formulae (l-Dxa) or (l-Dxb): wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (l-Dxa).

In some embodiments formula (l-Dxa) can be formulae (l-Daxa) or (l-Dbxa) as shown below: -Daxa), -Dbxa), wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷ and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (l-Ex): wherein X, X¹, X², Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments formula (l-Ex) can be formulae (l-Eax) or (l-Ebx) as shown below: wherein X, X¹, X², Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁶, R^A2 and R^A3 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

A-B-C (A2ax)

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formulae (ll-Axa) or (ll-Axb): wherein Z¹, Z², Z³, X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶, Q⁷, R^A5 and R^A6 are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (ll-Axa).

In further embodiments when the compounds of formula A-B-C is of the formula (ll-Axa) it is of the formulae (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa) or (ll-Acxa). In some embodiments formula (ll-Axa) is formula (ll-Aaxa): Aaxa), wherein X is hydrogen or fluorine, Z² is either N or C-H, Z³ is either N or C-R^A7 and when Z² is C-H then Z³ is C-R^A7.

R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments formula (ll-Axa) is formula (ll-Abxa): Abxa), wherein X is hydrogen or fluorine, Z² is either N or C-H, and when Z² is C-H, R^A5 is Z⁵ and R^A6 is Z⁴ and when Z² is N, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. Z³ is either N or C-R^A7. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments formula (ll-Axa) is formula (ll-Acxa): Acxa), wherein X is hydrogen or fluorine, Z² is either N or C-H, and when Z² is N, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is

Z⁵, when Z² is C-H, R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵. Z³ is either N or C-R^A3. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments when A-B-C is of formulae (ll-Axa), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa) or (ll-Acxa) Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, CN, Ci alkyl optionally substituted by one or more OH, CN, or one or more halo groups and Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups. In further embodiments Z⁴ is selected from H, CN, CH2OH, Br or methyl.

In some embodiments when A-B-C is of formulae (ll-Axa), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa) or (ll-Acxa) Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H, one or more halo groups, CN, C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups, C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups, C1-6 alkylamino, Ci-6 thioalkyl, or C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl. In further embodiments Z⁵ is selected from H, CH2OH, OCF2H, OCF3, CF3, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, P(=0)Me2, S-CH3, CN, and OMe.

In some embodiments when A-B-C is of formulae (ll-Axa), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa) or (ll-Acxa), R^A7 is selected from H, halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups,

C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups, C2-e alkynyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups, and C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups. In further embodiments R^A7 is selected from H, Cl, Br, OMe, CH=CH2, OCF3, OCF2H, F, CH2-CF2H, CF3, CF2H, CN, propargyl and CH2-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments R^A7 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe.

In some embodiments when the compounds of formula A-B-C is of the formula (ll-Axb) it is of the formulae (ll-Aaxb), (ll-Abxb) or (ll-Acxb) as shown below: Acxb), wherein Z², Z³, R^A5, R^A6, X, and Q¹ to Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (ll-Bx): wherein X, Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5, R^A6, Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷, are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments formula (ll-Bx) is of formulae (Il-Bax) or (ll-Bbx) as shown below: wherein X, Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5, R^A6, Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁶ and R^C5, are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

A-B-C (A2bx)

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (lll-Axa) or (lll-Axb): , wherein Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹, X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (lll-Axa).

In further embodiments when the compounds of formula A-B-C is of the formula (lll-Axa) it is of the formulae (lll-Aaxa), (I I l-Abxa) or (lll-Acxa). In further embodiments when the compounds of formula A-B-C is of the formula (lll-Axb) it is of the formulae (I I l-Aaxb), (I I l-Abxb) or (I ll-Acxb).

In some embodiments when A-B-C is of formula (lll-Axa) or (lll-Axb), Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, one or more halo groups, CN, C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups, C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups, C1-6 alkylamino, C1-6 thioalkyl, and C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl. In further embodiments Z⁵ is selected from H, CH2OH, OCF2H, OCF₃, CF₃, F, Cl, Br, ethyl, cyclopropyl, methyl, P(=O)Me₂, S-CH₃, CN, and OMe.

In some embodiments when A-B-C is of formula (lll-Axa) or (lll-Axb), R^A8 is selected from H, halo, CN, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups, C2-6 alkenyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups, C2-e alkynyl optionally substituted by OH or one or more halo groups, and C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups. In further embodiments R^A8 is selected from H, Cl, Br, OMe, CH=CH2, OCF3, OCF2H, F, CH2-CF2H, CF3, CF2H, CN, propargyl and CH2-cyclopropyl. In further embodiments R^A8 is selected from H, Cl, Br and OMe.

In some embodiments formula (lll-Axa) is of formulae (Ill-Aaxa), (lll-Abxa) or (lll-Acxa) as shown below: , (lll-Acxa), wherein Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹, X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (lll-Acxa)

In some embodiments formula (lll-Axb) is of formulae (lll-Aaxb), (lll-Abxb) or (lll-Acxab) as shown below: wherein Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹, X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (lll-Acxb). In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (lll-Bx): wherein X, Z⁶, Z⁷, R^A5, R^A6, Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷, are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments formula (lll-Bx) is of formulae (lll-Bax) or (lll-Bbx) as shown below: , wherein X, Z⁶, Z⁷ R^A5, R^A6, R^C5, Q¹, Q⁴, and Q⁶ are as defined in any other embodiment herein.

In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

A-B-C (A3a) and (A3b)

In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formulae (IV-Axa) or (IV-Axb): wherein X, R^A9, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen and the compound of formula A-B-C is of formula (IV-Axa).

In some embodiments formula (IV-Axa) is of formulae (I -Aaxa) or (I -Abxa) as shown below: wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments formula (IV-Axb) is of formulae (IV-Aaxb) or (IV-Abxb) as shown below: wherein X, Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In other embodiments the compound of formula A-B-C is of the formula (IV-Bx): wherein X, R^A9, Q¹, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen. In some embodiments formula (IV-Bx) is of formulae (I -Bax) or (I -Bbx) as shown below: wherein X, R^A9, R^C5, Q¹, Q⁴, and Q⁶ are as defined in any other embodiment herein. In some of these embodiments, X is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, the stereochemistry of the B group in any of the above A-B-C formulae (l-Axa), (l-Axb), (l-Bxa), (l-Bxb), (l-Baxa), (l-Bbxa), (l-Baxb), (l-Bbxb), (l-Cxa), (l-Cxb), (l-Caxa), (l-Cbxa), (l-Ccxa), (l-Cdxa), (l-Cexa), (l-Cfxa), (l-Caxb), (l-Cbxb), (l-Ccxb), (l-Cdxb), (l-Cexb), (I- Cfxb), (l-F), (l-Fa), (l-Fb), (l-Fc), (l-Dxa), (l-Dxb), (l-Daxa), (l-Dbxa), (l-Ex), (l-Eax), (l-Ebx), (II- Axa), (ll-Axb), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa), (ll-Acxa), (ll-Aaxb), (ll-Abxb), (ll-Acxb), (Il-Bax), (ll-Bbx), (III- Axa), (lll-Axb), (lll-Aaxa), (lll-Abxa), (lll-Acxa), (lll-Aaxb), (lll-Abxb), (lll-Acxab), (lll-Bx), (III- Bax), (lll-Bbx), (IV-Axa), (IV-Axb), (IV-Aaxa), (IV-Abxa), (IV-Aaxb), (IV-Abxb), (IV-Bax) or (IV- Bbx) is as follows;

In some embodiments of the above A-B-C formulae (l-Axa), (l-Axb), (l-Bxa), (l-Bxb), (l-Baxa), (I- Bbxa), (l-Baxb), (l-Bbxb), (l-Cxa), (l-Cxb), (l-Caxa), (l-Cbxa), (l-Ccxa), (l-Cdxa), (l-Cexa), (I- Cfxa), (l-Caxb), (l-Cbxb), (l-Ccxb), (l-Cdxb), (l-Cexb), (l-Cfxb), (l-Dxa), (l-Dxb), (l-Daxa), (I- Dbxa), (l-Ex), (l-Eax), (l-Ebx), (ll-Axa), (ll-Axb), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa), (ll-Acxa), (ll-Aaxb), (ll- Abxb), (ll-Acxb), (Il-Bax), (ll-Bbx), (lll-Axa), (lll-Axb), (lll-Aaxa), (lll-Abxa), (lll-Acxa), (lll-Aaxb), (lll-Abxb), (lll-Acxab), (lll-Bx), (lll-Bax), (lll-Bbx), (IV-Axa), (IV-Axb), (IV-Aaxa), (IV-Abxa), (IV- Aaxb), (IV-Abxb), (IV-Bax) and (IV-Bbx), where X is hydrogen, where present X¹, X², R^A1, R^A2, R^A3, R^A4, Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5, R^A6, Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹, and R^A9 are defined as:

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) H; (ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH₂;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH₂;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring;

(ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

(iv) an optionally substituted C5-7 carbocyclic ring wherein, when present, the one, two three or four optional substituents are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, halo, C1-6 alkoxy, NH₂, C1-6 alkylamino, OH, and CN;

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH; Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN; (iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C(=O)OH, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino; -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 acylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2;

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 thioalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 acyloxy, C(=O)OH, C1-6 alkyl ester, C1-6 alkylamino; -C(=O)NH2, C1-6 alkyl amido, C1-6 acylamido, C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl, C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2; R^A9 is selected from H; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2- methylcyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of the formulae (l-Axa), (l-Bxa), (l-Baxa), (l-Bbxa), (l-Cxa), (l-Caxa), (I- Cbxa), (l-Ccxa), (l-Cdxa), (l-Cexa), (l-Dxa), (l-Daxa), (l-Dbxa), (ll-Axa), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa), (II- Acxa), (lll-Axa), (lll-Aaxa), (I I l-Abxa), (lll-Acxa), (IV-Axa), (IV-Aaxa), and (IV-Abxa), the C group is of the formula (C-1): wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from: (i) H; (ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iv) C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent or Cs-eheteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo; and

(vi) CN

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or Cs-eheteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

In some embodiments the compound of formula (I) is selected from the following in Table 1. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from the following in Table 1.

Table 1. Examples 1 to 24

In some embodiments the compound of formula (I) is selected from the following in Table 2. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from the following in Table 2. Table 2: Examples 25 to 72

In some embodiments the compound is selected from Examples 1 , 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 19 and 20.

In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 1 , 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 19 and 20. In some embodiments the compound is selected from Examples 9 and 20. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 9 and 20.

In some embodiments the compound is selected from Examples 19, 21 , 37, 57, 60, 69, 70, and 71. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 19, 21, 37, 57, 60, 69, 70, and 71.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from Examples 19, 21 and 69. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 19, 21 and 69.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from Examples 19 and 21. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 19 and 21.

In some embodiments, the compound is Example 69. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of Example 69.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from Examples 1 to 14, 16 to 24, 26 to 31, 33 to 46, 48 to 56, 67, and 68. In some embodiments, the compound is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound selected from Examples 1 to 14, 16 to 24, 26 to 31 , 33 to 46, 48 to 56, 67, and 68

In some embodiments, the compound is not:

In some embodiments, C is not of the formula: In another embodiment there is provided a compound of formula (I)

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl; (xi) Cs heteroaryl;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring; (ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

(iv) an optionally substituted C5-7 carbocyclic ring wherein, when present, the one, two three or four optional substituents are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, halo, C1-6 alkoxy, NH2, C1-6 alkylamino, OH, and CN;

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H; (ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2;

(A3a) wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where R^A9 is selected from H; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl; wherein B is of formula: wherein the wavy lines indicate the points of attachment to A and C;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, O, S, N and N-R^C7; Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo; and

(vi) CN R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent. In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is not according to one or more of the specific compounds described in WO 2024078620 A1.

In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is not according to one or more of the specific compounds described in WO 2025021188 A1 .

In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is not according to one or more of the specific compounds described in WO 2025007915 A1.

General synthesis

The compounds according to general formula (l-G), (G9) and (G17) can be prepared according to the following schemes 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The schemes and procedures described below illustrate synthetic routes to the compounds of general formula (l-G), (G9) and (G17) and are not intended to be limiting. It is clear that the order of transformations as exemplified in schemes 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 can be modified in various ways. The order of transformations exemplified in these schemes is therefore not intended to be limiting.

Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (l-G), (G9) and (G17) and corresponding intermediates are described in schemes 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

In each of Schemes 1 to 6, D has the formula: wherein Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ are as defined for (C-1).

Scheme 1

Scheme 1: Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (l-G) in which X is a leaving group, PG is a protective group and X¹, X², R^A2 and R^A3 have the meaning as given for formula (A1), supra. D is defined above.

Monoarylated diamines of general formula (G3) can be obtained via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SnAr) or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination between monoprotected diamines (G1) or their corresponding salts and heteroaryls (G2a) with X being a leaving group like halogen or -S(O)Me as depicted in Scheme 1. For SnAr approaches with X being groups like for example fluorine or -S(O)Me, diamines (G1) may be reacted with (G2a) in the presence of inorganic bases like K2CO3 or Na2COs or in the presence of organic bases like triethylamine or DIPEA or without any additional base in polar solvents such as for example DMSO, NMP or nBuOH at temperatures between 100-130 °C. The reaction times may vary between 1 hour and 24 hours. In certain instances, it can be beneficial to apply microwave heating. For palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig aminations all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, diamines (G1) may be reacted with (G2a) in the presence of a palladium catalyst like Pd PEPPSI-lpentCI [CAS Reg. No. 1612891-29-8], Pd2(dba)3 or fBuXPhos Pd G3 [1447963-75-8] and a base like CS2CO3 or NaOfBu in aprotic solvents like 1 ,4- dioxane, DMF, toluene or DMA at temperatures between room temperature and 130 °C, preferably at 65-100 °C, for 15-24 h.

Diamines of general formula (G1) and heteroaryls of general formula (G2a) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain. For the synthesis of diamines (G1) see for example W02004004726 and references therein.

Arylated diamines of general formula (G6) can be obtained from (G3) via copper catalyzed Ullmann couplings with heterocycles (G4) or via palladium catalyzed Suzuki couplings with boronic acid derivatives (G5). For Ullmann couplings all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, (G3) may be reacted with (G4) in the presence of a copper catalyst like Cu(l)l, Cu(0tf)2 or Cu(Oac)2 and a base like CS2CO3 or K2CO3 in polar, aprotic solvents like 1 ,4-dioxane, DMF or pyridine at temperatures between room temperature and 120 °C, preferably at 100 °C for 15-20 h. In some instances a ligand like /VV/V^dimethylcyclohexane- 1 ,2-diamine, TMEDA, /V¹,/V²-dimethylethane-1 ,2-diamine or /V,/V-dimethylglycine might be added to the reaction mixture.

For Suzuki couplings towards (G6) all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, (G3) may be reacted with boronic acid derivatives (G5) in the presence of a palladium catalyst like 1 ,T-bis(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride [CAS Reg. No. 95408- 45-0] or 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride [CAS Reg. No. 72287-26-4] and a base like CS2CO3, K2CO3 or K3PO4 in polar solvents such as 1 ,4-dioxane, THF and water or mixtures thereof at temperatures between room temperature and 120 °C for 2-15 hours.

Heterocycles of general formula (G4) and boronic acid derivatives of general formula (G5) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain.

Primary amines of general formula (G7) can be obtained from monoprotected diamines of general formula (G6) via deprotection methods. Depending on the protective group applied these can be for example acidic, basic, oxidative or hydrogenation methods. Appropriate protective moieties for amino groups and their introduction and cleavage are well-known in the art. For an overview of protective group chemistry see for example Wuts 2014.

Final compounds of general formula (l-G) can be synthesized from primary amines of general formula (G7) via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNAr) or palladium catalyzed Buchwald- Hartwig amination. Primary amines of general formula (G7) can be reacted with heteroaryls of general formula (G8) with X being a leaving group like halogen such as chlorine or -S(O)Me applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2a) in Scheme 1. Heteroaryls of general formula (G8) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain. An analogous general scheme involves oxadiazoles of general formula (G8a) and its isomers.

An alternative route to compounds of general formula (l-G) starts with deprotection of diamines of general formula (G3) to give primary amines of general formula (G9) as depicted in Scheme 1. For deprotection the same procedures apply as described for the synthesis of (G7) from (G6).

Primary amines of general formula (G9) in turn can be reacted with heteroaryls of general formula (G8) via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNAr) or palladium catalyzed Buchwald- Hartwig amination to give aryl iodides of general formula (G10) applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2a) in Scheme 1.

Final compounds of general formula (l-G) can be synthesized from aryl iodides of general formula (G10) via copper catalyzed Ullmann couplings with heterocycles H-D (G4) or via palladium catalyzed Suzuki couplings with boronic acid derivatives (G5) applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of compounds (G6) from (G3) in Scheme 1.

Yet another approach to compounds of general formula (l-G) starts from monoprotected diamines (G1) or their corresponding salts and preassembled heteroaryls (G11a) with X being a leaving group like halogen or -S(O)Me via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNA^ or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination to give arylated diamines of general formula (G6). The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2a) in Scheme 1. Heteroaryls of general formula (G11a) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain (for example via Chan-Lam coupling). Specific examples of (G11a) are described in the subsequent paragraphs.

An alternative route for the preparation of compounds of general formula (l-G) and intermediates of general formula (G10) is depicted in Scheme 2. Scheme 2

G1 G8 _N Buchwald coupling

Scheme 2: Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (l-G) and intermediates (G10) in which X is a leaving group, PG is a protective group and X¹, X², R^A2 and R^A3 have the meaning as given for general formula (A1), supra. D is defined above.

Monoarylated diamines of general formula (G12) can be obtained via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNA^ or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination between monoprotected diamines (G1) or their corresponding salts and heteroaryls (G8) with X being a leaving group such as halogen or -S(O)Me. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2a) in Scheme 1. An analogous general scheme involves oxadiazoles of general formula (G8a) and its isomers.

Deprotection of diamines of general formula (G12) can give primary amines of general formula (G13). For deprotection the same procedures apply as described for the synthesis of (G7) from (G6) in Scheme 1 . Final compounds of general formula (l-G) in turn can be synthesized from primary amines (G13) or their corresponding salts and preassembled heteroaryls (G11a) with X being a leaving group like halogen or -S(O)Me via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNA^ or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G6) from (G1) and (G11a) in Scheme 1.

For the synthesis of intermediates of general formula (G10) primary amines (G13) or their corresponding salts may be reacted with heteroaryls (G2a) with X being a leaving group like halogen or -S(O)Me in a nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNAr) or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2a) in Scheme 1.

Scheme 3

Scheme 3: Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (G9) are described in the scheme in which LG is a leaving group, PG is a protective group, Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5 and R^A6 have the meaning as given for general formula (A2a), supra. D is defined above.

Monoarylated diamines of general formula (G3) can be obtained via nucleophilic aromatic substitution (SNA^ or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination between monoprotected diamines (G1), or their corresponding salts, and heteroaryls (G2) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, e.g. fluorine, chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)i-2Me as depicted in Scheme 3. For SNAr approaches with LG being groups like for example fluorine, chlorine or -S(O)Me, diamines (G1) may be reacted with (G2) in the presence of inorganic bases like K2CO3, Na2COs or CS2CO3 or in the presence of organic bases like TEA or DI PEA, or without any additional base in polar solvents such as for example DMSO, NMP, nBuOH or 1 ,4-dioxane at temperatures between 100-130 °C. The reaction times may vary between 1 h and 24 h. In certain instances, it can be beneficial to apply microwave heating.

For palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig aminations all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, diamines (G1) may be reacted with (G2) in the presence of a palladium catalyst like Pd PEPPSI-lpentCI [CAS Reg. No. 1612891-29-8], Pd₂(dba)₃, fBuXPhos Pd G3 [1447963-75-8] or fBuBrettPhos G3 and a base like CS2CO3, NaOtBu or MTBD in aprotic solvents like 1 ,4-dioxane, DMF, toluene, NMP or DMA at temperatures between room temperature and 130 °C, preferably at 65-100 °C, for 15-24 h.

Diamines of general formula (G1) and heteroaryls of general formula (G2) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain. For the synthesis of diamines (G1) see for example W02004004726 and references therein.

Arylated diamines of general formula (G6) can be obtained from (G3) via copper catalyzed Ullmann couplings with heterocycles (G4) or via palladium catalyzed Suzuki couplings with boronic acid derivatives (G5). For Ullmann couplings all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, (G3) may be reacted with (G4) in the presence of a copper catalyst like Cu(l)l, Cu(OTf)2 or Cu(Oac)2 and a base like CS2CO3 or K2CO3 in polar, aprotic solvents like 1 ,4-dioxane, DMF or pyridine at temperatures between room temperature and 120 °C, preferably at 100 °C for 15-20 h. In some instances a ligand like DMCDA, TMEDA, A/¹ , A/²- dimethylethane-1 ,2-diamine or /V,/V-dimethylglycine might be added to the reaction mixture.

For Suzuki couplings towards (G6) all methods that are known in the art may be applied. For example, (G3) may be reacted with boronic acid derivatives (G5) in the presence of a palladium catalyst like Pd(dtbpf)CI₂ [CAS Reg. No. 95408-45-0] or Pd(dppf)CI₂ [CAS Reg. No. 72287-26-4] and a base like CS2CO3, K2CO3 or K3PO4 in polar solvents such as 1 ,4-dioxane, THF and water or mixtures thereof at temperatures between room temperature and 120 °C for 2-15 h.

Heterocycles of general formula (G4) and boronic acid derivatives of general formula (G5) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain. Primary amines of general formula (G7) can be obtained from monoprotected diamines of general formula (G6) via deprotection methods. Depending on the protective group applied these can be for example acidic, basic, oxidative or hydrogenation methods. Appropriate protective moieties for amino groups and their introduction and cleavage are well-known in the art. For an overview of protective group chemistry see for example P.G.M. Wuts, T.W. Greene, Greene’s Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 4^th ed., J. Wiley & Sons, 2006.

Final compounds of general formula (G9) can be synthesized from primary amines of general formula (G7) via SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination. Primary amines of general formula (G7) can be reacted with heteroaryls of general formula (G8) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)2Me applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2) in Scheme 3. Heteroaryls of general formula (G8) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain. An analogous general scheme involves heteroaryls of general formula (G8a).

An alternative route to compounds of general formula (G9) starts with deprotection of diamines of general formula (G3) to give primary amines of general formula (G10) as depicted in Scheme 3. For deprotection the same procedures apply as described for the synthesis of (G7) from (G6).

Primary amines of general formula (G10) in turn can be reacted with heteroaryls of general formula (G8) via SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination to give aryl iodides of general formula (G11) applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2) in Scheme 3.

Final compounds of general formula (G9) can be synthesized from aryl iodides of general formula (G11) via copper catalyzed Ullmann couplings with heterocycles H-D (G4) or via palladium catalyzed Suzuki couplings with boronic acid derivatives (G5) applying procedures in analogy to those described for the synthesis of compounds (G6) from (G3) in Scheme 3.

Yet another approach to compounds of general formula (G9) starts from monoprotected diamines (G1) or their corresponding salts and preassembled heteroaryls (G12) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, e.g. fluorine, chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)i-2Me via SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination to give arylated diamines of general formula (G6). The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2) in Scheme 3. Heteroaryls of general formula (G12) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain (for example via Chan-Lam coupling, see for example Chen 2020). An alternative route for the preparation of compounds of general formula (G9) and intermediates of general formula (G11) is depicted in Scheme 4.

Scheme 4

S_NAr or coupling Scheme 4: Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (G9) and intermediates (G11) are described in the scheme in which LG is a leaving group, PG is a protective group, and Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5 and R^A6 have the meaning as given for general formula (A2a), supra. D is defined above.

Monoarylated diamines of general formula (G13) can be obtained via SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination between monoprotected diamines (G1) or their corresponding salts and heteroaryls (G8) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)2Me. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2) in Scheme 3. An analogous general scheme involves heteroaryls of general formula (G8a). Deprotection of diamines of general formula (G13) can give primary amines of general formula (G14). For deprotection the same procedures apply as described for the synthesis of (G7) from (G6) in Scheme 3. Final compounds of general formula (G9) in turn can be synthesized from primary amines (G14) or their corresponding salts and preassembled heteroaryls (G12) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, e.g. fluorine, chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)i-2Me via SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G6) from (G1) and (G12) in Scheme 3.

For the synthesis of intermediates of general formula (G11) primary amines (G14) or their corresponding salts may be reacted with heteroaryls (G2) with LG being a leaving group like halogen, e.g. fluorine, chlorine or bromine, or -S(O)i-2Me in an SNAr or palladium catalyzed Buchwald-Hartwig amination. The procedures that can be applied are in analogy to those described for the synthesis of (G3) from (G1) and (G2) in Scheme 3.

Final compounds of general formula (G17) may be synthesized according to the routes depicted in Scheme 5. Primary amines of general formula (G7) or their corresponding salts (prepared according to Scheme 3) can be reacted with one carbon equivalents like GDI or TCDI in the presence of inorganic bases like sodium hydroxide or in the presence of organic bases like TEA or DIPEA, or without any additional base in polar, aprotic solvents like DMF at temperatures between rt and the boiling point of the solvent, preferably at 100 °C for 1-2 h to give an acylimidazole intermediate. This intermediate may be reacted in situ with 1 ,2-dianilines (G15) in the presence of a carbodiimide reagent like EDC at temperatures between rt and the boiling point of the solvent, preferably at 100 °C for 15-24 h to give (G17).

Scheme 5

Scheme 5: Routes for the preparation of compounds of general formula (G17) in which Z², Z³, R^A5 and R^A6 have the meaning as given for general formula (A2a), supra. D is defined above. Alternatively, protected intermediates of general formula (G16), prepared according to the routes depicted in Schemes 3 or 4, may be deprotected to give compounds of general formula (G17). Depending on the protective group applied these can be for example acidic, basic, oxidative or hydrogenation methods. Suitable protective groups may be groups such as paramethoxybenzyl (PMB), 4-methylbenzenesulfonyl (Ts) or benzyl (Bn). Deprotection of a PMB group for example could be achieved by reaction with acids such as TFA in solvents like DCM, or without any additional solvent, at temperatures between rt and the boiling point of the solvent, preferably at 60-100 °C for 15 min to 18 h. Deprotection of a Ts group may be performed by reaction with a base such as K2CO3 or Na2COs in polar, protic solvent such as MeOH or EtOH at temperatures between rt and the boiling point of the solvent, preferably at 60 °C for 1-4 h.

Yet another approach to compounds of general formula (G9) is depicted in Scheme 6. Aryl bromides of general formula (G18), prepared according to the procedures depicted in Schemes 3-5, can be functionalized under metal or metallaphotoredox catalysis (see for example Chan 2022), e.g. via late-stage functionalisation, with nucleophiles of general formula (G19) (see for example Ley and Thomas) or boronic acid derivatives (G20) (see for example Miyaura and Suzuki 1995) or stannanes (G21) (see for example Cordovilla 2015) to give final compounds of general formula (G9). For metal or metallaphotoredox catalysis all methods that are known in the art may be applied.

Nucleophiles of general formula (G19) and boronic acid derivatives of general formula (G20) and stannanes (G21) are either commercially available or can be prepared according to procedures available from the public domain.

Scheme 6 Bu₃Sn-R^A6 (G21)

Scheme 6: Route for the preparation of compounds of general formula (G9) in which Z¹, Z², Z³, R^A5 and R^A6 have the meaning as given for general formula (A2a), supra (provided that R^A6 is not halogen). D is defined above.

Further compounds with different formulae as described above can be prepared by similar methods. Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that in order to obtain compounds of the disclosure in an alternative, and on some occasions, more convenient, manner, the individual process steps mentioned hereinbefore may be performed in different order, and/or the individual reactions may be performed at a different stage in the overall route (i.e. substituents may be added to and/or chemical transformations performed upon different intermediates to those mentioned hereinbefore in conjunction with a particular reaction). This may negate, or render necessary, the need for protecting groups.

Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that chiral isomers of compounds herein can be resolved at any stage in the synthetic process using chiral resolving agents described in the literature and known to person skilled in the art, or using chiral chromatography methods described in the literature and known to person skilled in the art. Stereo centers may also be introduced by asymmetric synthesis. All stereoisomers are included within the scope of the disclosure.

Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that starting materials for any of the above processes can in some cases be commercially available.

Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that processes for some starting materials above could be found in the general common knowledge.

It will also be understood that some of the compounds described in the processes above may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism and the processes described above include any tautomeric form.

All novel intermediates form a further aspect of the disclosure.

EXPERIMENTAL SECTION

NMR peak forms are stated as they appear in the spectra, possible higher order effects have not been considered.

The following table lists the abbreviations used in this paragraph and in the examples section as far as they are not explained within the text body. Other abbreviations have their meanings customary perse to the skilled person.

Abbreviations uA Adenosine

AH AminoHexyl

ACN Acetonitrile AcOH Acetic acid

ASO Antisense oligonucleotide aq Aqueous

Avi AviT ag™

Boc terf-Butoxycarbonyl

Brine Saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution

Bu Butyl tBu terf-Butyl fBuBrettPhos Di-tert-butyl(2',4',6'-triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxy-[1,T-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphine n-BuOH 1-Butanol fBuXPhos Pd G3 [(2-Di-te/Y-butylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,T-biphenyl)-2-(2'-amino- 1,1 -biphenyl)] palladium^ I) methanesulfonate (CAS Reg. No. 1447963- 75-8)

C Cytosine

5meC 5-Methylcytosine calcd Calculated

CataCXium A Di(adamantan-1-yl)(butyl)phosphane (CAS Reg. No. 321921-71-5)

CataCXium A Pd G3 Methanesulfonato(diadamantyl-n-butylphosphino)-2'-amino-1 ,T- biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(l I) precatalyst generation 3 (CAS Reg. No. 1651823-59-4)

CDI 1,1-Carbonyldiimidazole

CHAPS 3-[(3-Cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-1 -propanesulfonate

CO2 Carbon dioxide m-CPBA 3-Chlorobenzoperoxoic acid cPs Centipoises

DCM Dichloromethane

DCE Dichloroethane

DCM Dichloromethane

DI PEA /V-Ethyl-/V-isopropyl-propan-2-amine

DMA /V,/V-Dimethylacetamide

DMAP /V,/V-Dimethylpyridin-4-amine

DMCDA re/-(1R,2R)-/V¹,/\/²-Dimethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine

DME 1,2-Dimethoxyethane

DMF /V,/V-Dimethylformamide

DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide

DNA Deoxyribonucleic acid

Dppf 1 , 1 '-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene dR Deoxyribose

EDC 3-(((Ethylimino)methylene)amino)-/V,/V-dimethylpropan-1-amine hydrochloride eq Equivalent(s)

ESI Electrospray ionization

Et Ethyl

Et₂O Diethyl ether

EtOAc Ethyl acetate

EtOH Ethanol

FA Formic acid

G Guanosine

(g) Gas

GalNAc N-Acetylgalactosamine

GalNAc THA GalNAc TrisHexylAmine

G2 Generation 2

G3 Generation 3

HA Hexylamine

HATU (1-(Bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-1/7-1 ,2,3-triazolo[4,5-b]pyridinium-3-oxo hexafluorophosphate

HEPES (4-(2- Hydroxyethyl)- 1 -piperazineethanesulfonic acid)

HPLC High performance liquid chromatography

HPMC Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose

HRMS High resolution mass spectrometry

IC50 Half maximal inhibitory concentration

K₂CO₃ Potassium carbonate ka Association rate constant (also written k_on)

KD Dissociation constant k_d Dissociation rate constant (also written k_Off)

LC Liquid chromatography

LG Leaving group

LiAIH₄ Lithium aluminium hydride

LNA Locked Nucleic Acid

Me CH₃

MeCN Acetonitrile

MeOH Methanol

MMTr-ON MMTr-protected oligonucleotide

MS Mass spectrometry

MTBD 7-Methyl-1 ,5,7-triazabicyclo[4.4.0]dec-5-ene MTBE Methyl terf-butyl ether m/z Mass to charge ratio

NaCI Sodium chloride

NaH Sodium hydride

NaOAc Sodium acetate

NaOH Sodium hydroxideNaOfBu Sodium tert-butoxide

Na2SC>4 Sodium sulfate

NMP 1-Methylpyrrolidin-2-one

NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance

OAc O(CO)CH₃

OEt OCH2CH3

OTf Trifluoromethanesulfonate

OtBu OC(CH₃)₃

P Phosphate

PBS Phosphate buffered saline

Pd/C Palladium on charcoal

Pd2(dba)₃ T ris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) Pd(dppf)CI₂*DCM [1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll) CH2CI2 (1:1)

Pd(dtbpf)Ch [1 ,T-Bis(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll)

PDL Poly-D-Lysine

Pd(OAc)2 Palladium (II) acetate

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (SP-4-1)-[1 ,3-Bis[2,6-bis(1-ethylpropyl)phenyl]-4,5-dichloro-1 ,3-dihydro-

2/7-imidazol-2-ylidene]dichloro(2-methylpyridine)palla-dium (CAS Reg. No. 1612891-29-8)

Pd(PPh₃)₄ Pd[(C₆H₅)₃P]4

PE Petroleum ether

PG Protective group

Ph Phenyl

PMB Paramethoxybenzyl

PPh₃ Triphenylphosphane

PS80 Polysorbate 80 pTSA 4-Methylbenzenesulfonic acid qToF Quadrupole time-of-flight

Rmax Maximum observed binding signal rt Room temperature RU Response unit(s)

(s) Solid sat Saturated

SFC Supercritical fluid chromatography

SNAr Nucleophilic aromatic substitution sP Thiophosphate

SPR Surface Plasmon Resonance

T Thymine fBuBrettPhos G3 2-(Di-ferf-butylphosphino)-2',4',6'- triisopropyl-3,6-dimethoxy-1 , 1 biphenyl)-2-(2'-amino-1 ,T-biphenyl)]palladium(ll) methanesulfonate (CAS Reg. No. 1536473-72-9)

TCDI Di(1/7-imidazol-1-yl)methanethione

TEA Triethylamine

TFA Trifluoroacetic acid

TFAA 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic anhydride

THF Tetrahydrofuran

TMEDA /V¹,/V¹,/V²,/V²-tetramethylethane-1,2-diamine

TLC Thin layer chromatography

Ts T osyl or 4-methylbenzenesulfonyl

TsCI 4-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride

TsOH para-Toluenesulfonic acid

LIPLC Ultra performance liquid chromatography

UV Ultraviolet

XPhos Dicyclohexyl(2',4',6'-triisopropyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphane

XPhos Pd G2 Chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1 ,T-biphenyl)[2-(2'-amino- 1,T-biphenyl)]palladium(ll) (CAS Reg. No. 1310584-14-5)

XantPhos 4,5-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene, or (9,9-dimethyl-9/7- xanthene-4,5-diyl)bis(diphenylphosphine)

Units

A Angstrom atm atmosphere

C Celcius g gram h hour(s)

L litre

M mole per liter mg milligram

MHz megahertz min minute(s) mL milliliter mm millimeter mol mole mmol millimole(s) pCi microcurie pm micrometer pmol micromole(s) pL microlitre nm nanometer ppm parts per million s second(s) v/v volume by volume

W watt w/v weight by volume

The various embodiments described in this application are illustrated by the following examples which are not meant to limit the compound of Formula (I) in any way.

The example testing experiments described herein serve to illustrate the present embodiments and is not limited to the examples given.

EXPERIMENTAL SECTION- GENERAL PART

General conditions

(i) operations were carried out at room temperature (rt), i.e. in the range 17 to 28°C and where needed under an atmosphere of an inert gas such as N2 or Ar; optionally reactions were carried out using a M BRAUN UNI Lab Plus ECO or a M BRAUN UNI Lab SP Eco glovebox workstation, in which case it is indicated;

(ii) where reactions refer to being degassed or purged, this can be performed for example by purging the reaction solvent with a constant flow of nitrogen for a suitable period of time (for example 5 to 10 min) or by repeatedly evacuating the vessel and backfill with appropriate inert atmosphere (for example N2(g) or Ar(g));

(iii) where reactions refer to the use of a microwave reactor, one of the following microwave reactors were used: Biotage Initiator, Personal Chemistry Emrys Optimizer, Personal Chemistry Smith Creator or CEM Explorer; (iv) in general, the course of reactions was followed by thin layer chromatography (TLC) and/or analytical high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC or LIPLC) which was usually coupled to a mass spectrometer (LCMS).

(v) when necessary, organic solutions were dried over anhydrous MgSC>4 or Na2SC>4, or by using ISOLUTE® Phase Separator, and work-up procedures were carried out using traditional phase separating techniques. When a drying agent such as e.g. MgSO4 or Na2SO4 is used for drying an organic layer, it is understood that said organic layer is filtered before concentration of said layer.

(vi) it is understood that washing solutions used in the work-up procedures or reagent used for acidifying such as e.g. brine (sat aq NaCI solution), NaHCOs, NH4CI, HCI, NaH2PO4 are presumed to be aqueous solutions unless otherwise stated;

(vii) evaporations were carried out either by rotary evaporation in vacuo or in a Genevac HT-4 / EZ-2 or Biotage V10;

(viii) unless otherwise stated, flash column chromatography was performed on normal phase silica, using either Merck Silica Gel (Art. 9385) or pre-packed cartridges such as Biotage® SNAP cartridges (40-63 pm silica, 4-330 g), Biotage® Star Silica HC D cartridges (20 pm, 10-100 g), Interchim puriFlash™ cartridges (25 pm, 4-120 g), Interchim puriFlash™ cartridges (50 pm, 25-330 g), Grace™ GraceResolv™ Silica Flash Cartridges (4-120 g) or Agela Flash Colum Silica-CS cartridges (80-330 g), or on reversed phase silica using Agela Technologies C-18, spherical cartridges (20-35 pm, 100 A, 80-330 g), manually or automated using a Grace Reveleris® X2 Flash system or similar system;

(ix) purification using ion exchange columns were performed on standard ion exchange columns e.g. ISOLUTE SCX-2 columns from Biotage;

(x) preparative reversed phase HPLC and preparative reversed phase SFC were performed using standard HPLC and SFC instruments, respectively, equipped with either a MS and/or UV triggered fraction collecting instrument, using either isocratic or a gradient of the mobile phase as described in the experimental section and using one of the following methods: PrepMethod A: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a XBridge™ C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM)/NHs (0.1%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod B: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Xbridge™ C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM)/NHs (0.05%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod C: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters Xselect CSH C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM)/NH3 (0.05%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase; PrepMethod D: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters Xselect CSH C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in H2O/FA (0.1%) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod E: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a XBridge™ C18 column (10 pm, 250x50 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in H2O/MeCN/NH3 (95/5/0.2) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod F: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters Xselect Peptide CSH C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in H2O/FA (0.1%) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod G: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters™ Sunfire™ C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in H2O/FA (0.1%) as mobile phase;

PrepMethod H: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters XBridge™ C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x19 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod I: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters Xselect CSH Prep Fluoro-Phenyl C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in H2O/FA (0.1%) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod J: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a YMC-Actus Triart C18 ExRs column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM)/NH3(0.05%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod K: The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a XBridge Prep Shield RP18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4HCO3 (10 mM)/NH3(0.05%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase;

PrepMethod L; The compound was purified by preparative HPLC on a Waters Xselect CSH C18 OBD column (5 pm, 150x30 mm ID) using a gradient of MeCN in a H2O/NH4CH3CO2 (10 mM)/NH3(0.05%, aq) buffer system as mobile phase;

Relevant fractions were collected, combined, and freeze-dried or evaporated to give the purified compound or relevant fractions were collected, combined, and concentrated at reduced pressure, the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM or EtOAc, and the organic layer was dried, either over Na2SO4 or by using a phase-separator, and then concentrated at reduced pressure and when needed dried in vacuo, to give the purified compound.

(xi) yields, where present, are not necessarily the maximum attainable, and when necessary, reactions were repeated if a larger amount of the reaction product was required;

(xii) where certain compounds were obtained as an acid-addition salt, for example a mono-hydrochloride salt or a di-hydrochloride salt, the stoichiometry of the salt was based on the number and nature of the basic groups in the compound, the exact stoichiometry of the salt was generally not determined, for example by means of elemental analysis data; where stated the salts were treated according to literature-known processes to generate the corresponding free base prior to being used;

(xiii) in general, the structures of the end-products of the Formula (I) were confirmed by NMR and/or mass spectral techniques; proton NMR chemical shift values were measured on the delta scale using Bruker Avance III 300, 400, 500 and 600 spectrometers, operating at ¹H frequencies of 300, 400, 500 and 600 MHz, respectively. The experiments were typically recorded at 25 °C. Chemical shifts are given in ppm with the solvent as internal reference. Protons on heteroatoms such as NH and OH protons are only reported when detected in NMR and can therefore be missing. 19F spectra are recorded with proton decoupling. In certain instances, protons can be masked or partially masked by solvent peaks and will therefore either be missing and not reported or reported as multiplets overlapping with solvent. The following abbreviations have been used (and derivatives thereof), e.g. s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad; qn, quintet; p, pentet; h heptet; dd, doublet of doublets, etc. It is understood, where the NMR spectra contains residual impurities and/or residual solvent(s), this is not reported unless it partially coincides with peaks of intermediates and/or structures of Formula (I), in which case said peaks of intermediates and/or structures of Formula (I) are reported as multiplets partially overlapping with said solvent or impurity, and the integral is omitted. In some cases, compounds of Formula (I) appear as tautomers in the NMR-spectrum, in which instances only peaks of the major tautomer are reported.

In some cases, compounds of Formula (I) appear as tautomers in a more equal relationship, in such instances the peaks of such tautomers are either reported as multiplets, if the signals of said tautomer are partially overlapping with other peaks, or as individual peaks, if the signals of said tautomers are well separated. The integral of such peaks are reported as fractions of protons, indicating the ratio of the tautomer in the mixture.

(xiv) Electrospray mass spectral data were obtained using a Waters Acquity LIPLC coupled to a Waters single quadrupole mass spectrometer or similar equipment, acquiring both positive and negative ion data, and generally, only ions relating to the parent structure are reported; high resolution electrospray mass spectral data were obtained using a Waters XEVO qToF mass spectrometer or similar equipment, coupled to a Waters Acquity LIPLC, acquiring either positive and negative ion data, and generally, only ions relating to the parent structure are reported;

(xv) intermediates were not necessarily fully purified but their structures and purity were assessed by TLC, analytical HPLC/UPLC, and/or NMR analysis and/or mass spectrometry;

(xvi) in general Examples and intermediate compounds are named using ChemDraw Professional version 20.1.1.125 or version 21.0.0 from PerkinElmer. ChemDraw Professional version 20.1.1.125 or version 21.0.0 generates the names of chemical structures using the Cahn-lngold-Prelog (CIP) rules for stereochemistry and follows IUPAC rules as closely as possible when generating chemical names. Stereoisomers are differentiated from each other by stereodescriptors cited in names and assigned in accordance with the CIP rules.

Intermediates

Intermediate 1 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

2-Fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 171197-80-1) (2.23 g, 9.99 mmol) was added to tertbutyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8) (2.00 g, 9.99 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.76 g, 20 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 125 °C for 1 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (3x75 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 0-50% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (2.70 g, 67%) as a pale-yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 403.9.

Intermediate 2 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(8-oxoimidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-7(8/7)-yl)pyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate re/-(1R,2R)-/V¹,/\/²-Dimethylcyclohexane-1 ,2-diamine (DMCDA) (0.705 g, 4.96 mmol) was added to a Cu(l)l (0.945 g, 4.96 mmol), tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)car- bamate intermediate 1 (2.0 g, 4.96 mmol), imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 434936-85-3) and K3PO4 (2.11 g, 9.92 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (120 mL) at 14 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into water (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 150 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. This material was purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :15) to give the title compound (1.02 g, 50%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 411.1. Intermediate 3

7-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one

4M HCI in MeOH (5 mL, 20 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(8-oxoimidazo[1 ,2- a]pyrazin-7(8/7)-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 2 (1.00 g,

2.44 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at 15 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a HCI salt of undetermined stoichiometry (775 mg, 92% assuming 1 :1 stoichiometry) of the title compound as a brown solid. The product was used in the next step directly without further purification. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 311.0.

Intermediate 4 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate m-CPBA (5.60 g, 25.95 mmol) was added in small portions to a solution of 3-(methylthio)-1 ,2,4- triazine (CAS Reg. No. 28735-21-9) (3.0 g, 23.6 mmol) in DCM (80 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting suspension was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure without heating, the residue dissolved in n-butanol (40 mL) and tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8) (5.20 g, 26.0 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at 120 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 1 M NaOH (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product as a brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 5-60% EtOAc in PE) to give (3.7 g, 56%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 280.

Intermediate 5 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((6-bromo-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate A solution of Br2 in DCM (1 M, 15.9 mL, 15.9 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of tertbutyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 4 (3.7 g, 13.2 mmol) in a mixture of MeOH (60 mL) and water (30 mL) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 15 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was poured into sat. Na2SOs(aq) (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product as brown solid which was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 5-30% EtOAc in PE) to give (3.5 g, 74%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 358.

Intermediate 6 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((6-bromo-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 5 (300 mg, 0.84 mmol) was added to 2,4,6-trimethyl-1 ,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriborinane in THF (2.10 g, 8.37 mmol), K3PO4 (356 mg, 1.67 mmol) and 1 ,1'-bis(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride (CAS Reg. No. 95408-45-0) (55 mg, 0.08 mmol) in a mixture of dioxane (4 mL) and water (1 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into brine (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (MeOH : DCM = 1 :20) followed by C18-flash chromatography (gradient: 0-49% MeOH in water) the title compound (103 mg, 42%) as a brown solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 294.

Intermediate 7

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(6-Methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine.2TFA tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 6 (100 mg, 0.34 mmol) was added to a mixture of TFA (5 mL) in DCM (5 mL) at 20 °C and it was stirred at this temperature for 15 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford (100 mg, 95%) of the title compound as a white solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 194. Intermediate 8

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-lodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine

2-Fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 171197-80-1) (203 mg, 0.91 mmol) was added to a mixture of the 2HCI salt of (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 7 (220 mg, 0.83 mmol) and Na2COs (263 mg, 2.48 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained material was taken up with EtOAc (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with saturated brine (4 x 125 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the crude material was purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc : PE = 1 :1) to give the title compound (140 mg, 43%) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 396.7. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.39 - 1.59 (2H, m), 1.79 - 1.95 (2H, m), 2.06 - 2.16 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 4.17 - 4.39 (2H, m), 6.37 (1 H, dd), 6.83 (1 H, d), 7.53 - 7.59 (2H, m), 8.10 (1 H, d), 8.16 (1 H, s).

Intermediate 9 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)pyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

DMCDA (0.353 g, 2.48 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 1 (1.0 g, 2.5 mmol), 1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2- c]pyridin-4-one (CAS Reg. No. 54415-77-9) (0.499 g, 3.72 mmol), K2CO3 (0.685 g, 4.96 mmol) and Cui (0.472 g, 2.48 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (40 mL) at rt and the resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (5 x 200 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford crude product which was purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 : 15) to afford (0.40 g, 39%) of the title compound as a brown solid. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 410.2.

Intermediate 10

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4- one.3HCI

4 M HCI in MeOH (1.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(4-oxo-1 ,4-dihydro- 5/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 9 (400 mg, 0.98 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford (380 mg, 93%) of the title compound as a brown gum which was used in the next step directly without further purification. MS (ESI): m/z [M+H]⁺ 310.2.

Intermediate 11 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-([1 ,2 ,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

2-Bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine (CAS Reg. No. 1021019-03-3) (0.7 g, 3.53 mmol), tertbutyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8) (0.721 g,

3.60 mmol), Pd2(dba)s (0.324 g, 0.35 mmol), Xantphos (0.409 g, 0.71 mmol), NaOtBu (0.679 g, 7.07 mmol) and 1 ,4-dioxane (15 mL) was mixed at rt in a microwave vial. The mixture was stirred at 145 °C for 30 min in a microwave oven. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt and filtered through a small silica plug. The plug was washed with EtOAc:MeOH = 95:5 and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by normal phase chromatography on silica (gradient: 60-100% EtOAc in heptane) to give the title compound (0.36 g, 32%) as a light-yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 318.3.

Intermediate 12

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine 2TFA tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 11 (0.91 g, 2.87 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (11 mL) and TFA (3.7 mL) was added at rt. The reaction was stirred for 1 h. Toluene was added, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was dissolved in MeOH, and toluene was added. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. This was repeated one more time to give crude title compound (1.48 g) as a brown syrup. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 217.0.

Intermediate 13

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-N3-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine 2TFA intermediate 12 (1.2 g, 2.71 mmol), 2-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (1.21 g, 5.41 mmol), K2CO3 (1.87 g, 13.5 mmol) and DMSO (9 mL) were mixed in a flask and the mixture was heated at 100 °C for 20 h. The mixture was filtered through a Celite plug, and the plug was washed with DMSO. The filtrate was evaporated and EtOAc (150 mL) and brine were added to the residue. The phases were separated, the organic layer was washed with brine (x 2), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was further purified by column chromatography on silica (gradient: 50-100% EtOAc in heptane) to give the title compound (0.742 g, 65%) as a light-beige foam. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 421.2.

Intermediate 14 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-(2-hydroxyguanidino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

Cyanogen bromide (CAS Reg. No. 506-68-3) (1.98 g, 18.7 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8) (2.5 g, 12.5 mmol) and sodium acetate (3.07 g, 37.4 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 20 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOH (20 mL). Hydroxylamine (50%, aq) (6.60 g, 99.9 mmol) was added slowly at 20 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (3.2 g, 99%) as a yellow gum that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 259.0.

Intermediate 15 tert-Butyl ((1S,3S)-3-((5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

Acetic anhydride (1.1 mL, 12 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-(2- hydroxyguanidino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 14 (2.5 g, 9.7 mmol) and TEA (4.1 mL, 29 mmol) in MeCN (40 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 60 °C for 15 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give a pale-yellow gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 2-25 % EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (1.9 g, 69%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 282.9.

Intermediate 16

(IS.SSJ-Af-fS-Methyl-l^^-oxadiazol-S-yQcyclopentane-I.S-diamine pTSA (1.59 g, 9.21 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 15 (1.3 g, 4.6 mmol) in MeCN (20 mL) at 15 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 15 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified TsOH salt of the crude title compound (2.2 g) as a brown solid that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 182.9.

Intermediate 17

1-Tosyl-1,5-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one

NaH (298 mg, 7.46 mmol) was added to 1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one (CAS Reg. No. 54415-77-9) (500 mg, 3.73 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. TsCI (CAS Reg. No. 98-59-9) (853 mg, 4.47 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed sequentially with sat brine (3 x 150 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (100% EtOAc) to give the title compound (852 mg, 79%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 288.9.

Intermediate 18

5-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-tosyl-1,5-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one

A/V/^-Dimethylethane-l ^-diamine (18.41 mg, 0.21 mmol) was added to 2-chloro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 69045-79-0) (50 mg, 0.21 mmol), 1-tosyl-1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4- one intermediate 17 (90 mg, 0.31 mmol), Cui (39.8 mg, 0.21 mmol) and Na2COs (66 mg, 0.63 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). This synthesis procedure was repeated 3 more times. The reaction mixtures were combined, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 125 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc: PE, 5:4), to give the title compound (172 mg) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 399.9.

Intermediate 19

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1- tosyl-1,5-dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (16 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added to a mixture of 5-(6- chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-tosyl-1 ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one intermediate 18 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol), (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-methyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 16 as 2 pTSA salt (296 mg, 0.56 mmol) and K2CO3 (207 mg, 1.50 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under a N2 (g) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (4 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH:DCM, 1:20) to give the title compound (51 mg, 24%) as a brown solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 546.1.

Intermediate 20 tert-Butyl ((1S,3S)-3-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

2-Chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine (1.00 g, 5.48 mmol) was added to Na2COs (0.871 g, 8.22 mmol) and tert-butyl ((1S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (1.15 g, 5.75 mmol) in DMSO (12 mL) at 25 °C and the suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with sat. brine (350 mL) and washed sequentially with EtOAc (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The obtained crude solid was triturated with EtOAc:PE = 20:1 (42 mL), collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (1.8 g, 95%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 347.1.

Intermediate 21

(1S,3S)-/V^,-(5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine x HCI

HCI in MeOH (4 M, 6.5 mL, 26 mmol) was added dropwise to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5- (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 20 (1.8 g, 5.2 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at 30 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (0.927 g, 63%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 247.1.

Intermediate 22

(1S,3S)-Af¹-(5-lodopyridin-2-yl)-A/³-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3- diamine

Na2CC>3 (1.37 g, 12.9 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2- yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 21 (952 mg, 3.87 mmol) and 2-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 171197-80-1) (575 mg, 2.58 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) under N2 (g). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed sequentially with water (2 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (PE: EtOAc, 1 :1) to give the title compound (398 mg, 34%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 450.1.

Intermediate 23 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(7-oxothieno[2,3-cf]pyridazin-6(7H)-yl)pyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

Cui (0.354 g, 1.86 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 1 (1.50 g, 3.72 mmol), thieno[2,3-d]pyridazin- 7(6H)-one (CAS Reg. No. 697-72-3) (1.132 g, 7.44 mmol), DMCDA (0.265 g, 1.86 mmol) and K2CO3 (1 .54 g, 11.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 20 °C under N2 (g). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h, cooled to rt and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) to give the title compound (1.73 g, quant.) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 428.1.

Intermediate 24

6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3-o(lpyridazin-7(6H)-one

4 M HCI in MeOH (10 mL, 40 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(7-oxothieno[2,3- d]pyridazin-6(7/-/)-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 23 (1.73 g, 4.05 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified HCI salt of the crude title compound (1.6 g) as a yellow soild. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 328.1.

Intermediate 25 tert-Butyl ((1S,3S)-3-((5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

2-Chloro-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 1192813-64-1) (5.00 g, 27.7 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8)

(6.10 g, 30.5 mmol) and Na2COs (4.40 g, 41.5 mmol) in DMSO (80 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured into water (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 150 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with sat. brine (4 x 100 mL), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 46-50% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (8.5 g, 89%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 345.2.

Intermediate 26

(1 S,3S)-A/¹-(5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine

4 M HCI in MeOH (20 mL, 80 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1S,3S)-3-((5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 25 (8.7 g, 25 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified HCI salt of the crude title compound (9.9 g) as a white solid that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 245.0.

Intermediate 27

7-(6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8(7H)-one Cui (92 mg, 0.49 mmol) was added to 2-chloro-3-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 153034- 99-2) (250 mg, 0.97 mmol), imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 434936-85-3) (197 mg, 1.46 mmol), DMCDA (69 mg, 0.49 mmol) and K3PO4 (618 mg, 2.91 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h, cooled to rt and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (DCM:7 M NH3 in MeOH, 15:1) to give the title compound (136 mg, 52%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 264.9.

Intermediate 28

6-(6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6H)-one

Dimethylglycine hydrochloride (54 mg, 0.39 mmol) was added to thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6H)-one (CAS Reg. No. 28981-13-7) (176 mg, 1.17 mmol), 2-chloro-3-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 153034-99-2) (200 mg, 0.78 mmol), CS2CO3 (506 mg, 1.55 mmol) and Cui (15 mg, 0.08 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under a N2 (g) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue purified by C18-flash chromatography (gradient: 0-48% MeCN in water) to give the title compound (148 mg, 67%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 280.9.

Intermediate 29

7-(6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazin-8(7H)-one

TMEDA (512 mg, 4.41 mmol) was added to [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 2385022-13-7) (300 mg, 2.20 mmol), (6-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (CAS Reg. No. 1072946-66-7) (773 mg, 4.41 mmol) and copper(ll) trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.59 g, 4.41 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 15 h. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite and the filter cake washed with DCM (2 x 50 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc:PE, 1 :1) to give the title compound (210 mg, 35%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 265.9. Intermediate 30 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

2,5-Dichloropyrimidine (1.00 g, 6.71 mmol) was added to Na2COs (1.07 g, 10.1 mmol) and tertbutyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (1.41 g, 7.05 mmol) in DMSO (12 mL) at 25 °C. The suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 90 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with sat. brine (350 mL) and washed sequentially with EtOAc (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude solid was triturated with EtOAc: PE, 20:1 (100 mL), collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (1.69 g, 81 %) as a pale-orange solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 313.1.

Intermediate 31

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine

HCI in MeOH (4 M, 6.7 mL, 27 mmol) was added dropwise to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5- chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 30 (1.68 g, 5.37 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at 30 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified HCI salt of the crude title compound (1.6 g) as a pale-orange solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 213.0.

Intermediate 32

3-Nitro-6-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine

NaH (60% in mineral oil) (3.05 g, 76.3 mmol) was added portion wise to a mixture of 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethan-l-ol (CAS Reg. No. 2916-68-9) (9.03 g, 76.3 mmol) and 6-chloro-3- nitropyridin-2-amine (CAS Reg. No. 136901-10-5) (5.30 g, 30.5 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h, subsequently heated to 70 °C and stirred at this temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. brine (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give the crude title compound (7.5 g) as a yellow solid that was used directly without further purification. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI₃): 6 0.09 (9 H, s), 1.09 - 1.16 (2 H, m), 3.70 - 3.80 (1 H, m), 4.09 - 4.23 (1 H, m), 4.32 - 4.47 (2 H, m), 6.10 (1 H, d), 8.29 (1 H, d).

Intermediate 33

6-(2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine-2,3-diamine

10% Pd/C (60% wet) (1.5 g, 0.56 mmol) was added portion wise to 3-nitro-6-(2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine intermediate 32 (7.8 g, 30.5 mmol) in EtOAc (60 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 25 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude title compound (6.8 g) as a brown gum that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 226.0.

Intermediate 34

Benzyl (2-amino-6-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)carbamate

Benzyl carbonochloridate (6.89 mL, 48.3 mmol) was added dropwise to 6-(2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine-2,3-diamine intermediate 33 (6.8 g, 30.2 mmol) and pyridine (7.3 mL, 91 mmol) in THF (120 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. NaHCCh (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 125 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 0.5 M citric acid (2 x 100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 2-20% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (5.0 g, 46% over three steps) as a brown gum. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 360.1.

Intermediate 35

A/³-Methyl-6-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine-2,3-diamine

UAIH4 (2 M in THF) (27.8 mL, 55.6 mmol) was added dropwise to benzyl (2-amino-6-(2-

(tnmethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyndm-3-yl)carbamate intermediate 34 (5.0 g, 13.9 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 70 °C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was added dropwise to a mixture of sodium sulfate decahydrate (50 g) in THF (200 mL). The mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give the title compound (3.0 g) as a brown gum that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 240.1.

Intermediate 36

1-Methyl-5-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)-1H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine pTSA hydrate (667 mg, 3.51 mmol) was added to /V³-methyl-6-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine- 2,3-diamine intermediate 35 (2.8 g, 11.7 mmol) and trimethoxymethane (20 mL, 183 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 60 °C for 5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude material purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 10-50% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (1.4 g, 48%) as a brown oil that solidified upon standing. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 250.0.

Intermediate 37

1-Methyl-1,4-dihydro-5H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-one

4 M HCI in dioxane (15 mL, 60 mmol) was added to 1-methyl-5-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)-1/7- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine intermediate 36 (1.2 g, 4.8 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 18 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude material was triturated with EtOAc: PE, 1 :1 (15 mL) to give a solid that was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (689 mg, 96%) as a brown solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 150.0.

Intermediate 38

4-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1,4-dihydro-5H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-one TMEDA (312 mg, 2.68 mmol) was added to a mixture of (6-chloropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (CAS Reg. No. 444120-91-6) (422 mg, 2.68 mmol), 1-methyl-1 ,4-dihydro-5/7-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5- one intermediate 37 (200 mg, 1.34 mmol) and copper(ll) trifluoromethanesulfonate (970 mg, 2.68 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 18 h, filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH (5 x 8 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient 0-26% MeOH in EtOAc) to give the title compound (324 mg, 93%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 260.9.

Intermediate 39 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(1-methyl-4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-5H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)pyridin-

2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

DMCDA (1.76 g, 12.4 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 1 (5.00 g, 12.4 mmol), 1-methyl-1 ,5-dihydro-4/7- imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one (CAS Reg. No. 73685-97-9) (2.77 g, 18.6 mmol), Cui (2.36 g, 12.4 mmol) and CS2CO3 (8.08 g, 24.8 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (100 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (2 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The obtained material was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 0-10% MeOH in DCM) to give the title compound (5.09 g, 97%) as a blue solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 425.0.

Intermediate 40

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1,5-dihydro-4H- imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one

4 M HCI in MeOH (2 mL, 8 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(1-methyl-4-oxo-1 ,4- dihydro-5/7-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 39 (1.1 g, 2.59 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified HCI salt of the crude title compound (1.07 g) as a brown solid that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 325.1.

Intermediate 41

3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)thieno[3,2-cf]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one

TMEDA (305 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added to thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3/-/)-one (CAS Reg. No. 16234-10-9) (200 mg, 1.31 mmol), copper(ll) trifluoromethanesulfonate (951 mg, 2.63 mmol) and (6-chloropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (CAS Reg. No. 444120-91-6) (414 mg, 2.63 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 18 h under air. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (2 x 35 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated to afford a first batch of crude product. This batch was combined with another crude batch syntesized as follows: Copper(ll) acetate hydrate (787 mg, 3.94 mmol) was added to thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3/-/)-one (300 mg, 1.97 mmol) and (6-chloropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (620 mg, 3.94 mmol) in DMSO (9 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (4 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The two crude batches were combined and purified by C18-flash chromatography (gradient: 0-40% MeCN in H2O/NH4HCO3 (12%) buffer system) to give the title compound (312 mg) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 264.0.

Intermediate 42 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)carbamate

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (186 mg, 0.22 mmol) was added to 2-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 1335054-80-2) (440 mg, 2.21 mmol), tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (CAS Reg. No. 645400-44-8) (531 mg, 2.65 mmol) and CS2CO3 (2.16 g, 6.63 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (10 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (DCM:MeOH, 10:1) to give the title compound (525 mg, 74%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 319.0.

Intermediate 43

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-([1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine

4 M HCI in dioxane (2 mL, 8 mmol) was added to tert-butyl ((1S,3S)-3-([1,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyrimidin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 42 (330 mg, 1.04 mmol) in EtOAc (6 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give an unspecified HCI salt of the crude title compound (300 mg) as a yellow solid that was used without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 219.0.

Intermediate 44

2-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)thieno[3,4-cf]pyridazin-1(2H)-one

Cui (325 mg, 1.71 mmol) was added to thieno[3,4-d]pyridazin-1(2/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 697- 67-6) (520 mg, 3.42 mmol), 2-chloro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 69045-79-0) (1.64 g, 6.83 mmol), DMCDA (243 mg, 1.71 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.42 g, 10.3 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were further diluted with EtOAc (300 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) to give the title compound (230 mg, 25%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 264.0.

Intermediate 45

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)-A/³-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3- diamine

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (3.0 g, 8.5 mmol) was added to 2-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 171197-80-1) (2.08 g, 9.33 mmol) and Na2COs (4.50 g, 42.4 mmol) in DMSO (50 mL) at 15 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 120 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. brine (125 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. brine (4 x 50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc:PE, 1 :1) to give the title compound (3.05 g, 80%) as a white gum. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 447.9.

Intermediate 46

3-Nitro-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-4-ol

NaH (60% in mineral oil) (1.38 g, 34.4 mmol) was added to 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethan-1-ol (CAS Reg. No. 2916-68-9) (4.07 g, 34.4 mmol) in THF (80 mL) at 0 °C and the resulting mixture stirred at 0 °C for 2 h. Then a solution of 2-chloro-3-nitropyridin-4-ol (CAS Reg. No. 629655-23- 8) (2.0 g, 11.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (75 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc: PE, 1 :3) to give the title compound along with some impurities (894 mg) as a brown solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 255.0.

Intermediate 47

3-Amino-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-4-ol

Tetra hydroxy di boron (CAS Reg. No. 13675-18-8) (1.25 g, 13.9 mmol) was added to 3-nitro-2- (2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-4-ol intermediate 46 (890 mg) and 4,4'-bipyridine (54 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 5 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with water (100 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with sat. brine (3 x 200 mL), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 0-28% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (730 mg, 28% over 2 steps) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 227.0.

Intermediate 48

Oxazo I o [4, 5- c] py ri d i n -4-o I pTSA hydrate (61 mg, 0.32 mmol) was added to 3-amino-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-4-ol intermediate 47 (730 mg, 3.23 mmol) in trimethoxymethane (30 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the obtained residue purified by C18-flash chromatography (gradient: water) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod K, gradient: 0-10%) to give the title compound (121 mg, 27%) as a grey solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 137.0.

Intermediate 49

(1 S,3S)-Af¹-(5-Bromo-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-A/³-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2- yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine

DI PEA (898 pL, 5.16 mmol) was added to 5-bromo-2,3-difluoropyridine (CAS Reg. No. 89402- 44-8) (200 mg, 1.03 mmol) and (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3- diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (365 mg, 1.03 mmol) in DMSO (8 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 110 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (125 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc: PE, 1 :2) to give the title compound (274 mg, 63%) as a colourless gum. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 418, 420 (Br isotope pattern).

Intermediate 50

(1 S,3S)-/V^,-(5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)-A/³-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine

Na2COs (1.78 g, 16.8 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-chloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3- diamine intermediate 31 as 3HCI salt (900 mg, 2.79 mmol) and 2-fluoro-5-iodopyridine (CAS Reg. No. 171197-80-1) (1.25 g, 5.59 mmol) in DMSO (30 mL) at 25 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 50- 60% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (1000 mg, 86%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 415.9.

Intermediate 51

4-Methyl-3-nitro-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine

NaH (60% in mineral oil) (1.62 g, 40.6 mmol) was added portionwise to 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethan-1- ol (CAS Reg. No. 2916-68-9) (4.11 g, 34.8 mmol) and 2-chloro-4-methyl-3-nitropyridine (CAS Reg. No. 23056-39-5) (5.00 g, 29.0 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h and then heated to 70 °C and stirred for another 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. brine (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient 0-10% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (2.8 g, 38%) as a yellow liquid. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI₃) 5 0.06 (9 H, s), 1.06 - 1.19 (2 H, m), 2.32 (3 H, s), 4.44 - 4.55 (2 H, m), 6.79 (1 H, dd), 8.09 (1 H, d).

Intermediate 52 4-Methyl-2-(2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-3-amine

10% Pd/C (60% wet) (1.2 g, 0.45 mmol) was added portionwise to 4-methyl-3-nitro-2-(2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridine intermediate 51 (2.8 g, 11 mmol) in MeOH (60 mL) at 25 °C and the resulting suspension stirred at 20 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (2.3 g) as a pale-yellow gum that was used directly without further purification. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 225.1.

Intermediate 53

1 -(7-Hydroxy-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1 -yl)ethan-1 -one

Acetic anhydride (3.09 mL, 32.80 mmol) was added dropwise to 4-methyl-2-(2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)pyridin-3-amine intermediate 52 (2.3 g, 10.3 mmol) and potassium acetate (2.01 g, 20.5 mmol) in DCM (60 mL) at 0 °C. 1 ,4,7,10,13,16-Hexaoxacyclooctadecane (0.867 g, 3.28 mmol) and isopentyl nitrite (4.97 mL, 36.9 mmol) were added and the resulting suspension stirred at 65 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured into sat. brine (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford a gum. The gum was triturated with EtOAc:PE (1 :2, 30 mL) to give a solid which was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give the title compound (0.650 g, 36%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 178.0.

Intermediate 54

6’-Chloro-5’-fluoro-3-(hydroxymethyl)-2H-[1,3’-bipyridin]-2-one

Pyridine (390 L, 4.8 mmol) was added to 3-(hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2(1/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 42463-41-2) (300 mg, 2.40 mmol), (6-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (CAS Reg. No. 1072946-66-7) (841 mg, 4.80 mmol) and copper(ll) acetate (871 mg, 4.80 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 30 °C for 18 h under air. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 M citric acid (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 25 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc: PE, 2:1) to give the title compound (123 mg, 20%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 254.9.

Intermediate 55

4,5-Dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one pTSA hydrate (1.15 g, 6.06 mmol) was added to 4,5-dichloropyridazin-3(2/7)-one (5.0 g, 30 mmol) and 3,4-dihydro-2/7-pyran (22.2 mL, 242 mmol) in THF (60 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting solution was stirred at 70 °C for 24 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the obtained material purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 0-20% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (4.2 g, 55%) as a pale-yellow gum. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 248.9.

Intermediate 56

4-Chloro-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one

Pd(dppf)Cl2*DCM (0.984 g, 1.20 mmol) was added to methylboronic acid (0.721 g, 12.0 mmol), 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2/7)-one intermediate 55 (3.0 g, 12 mmol) and CS2CO3 (7.85 g, 24.1 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (120 mL) and water (30 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 2 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (gradient: 0-36% EtOAc in PE) to give the title compound (0.478 g, 17%) as a yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 229.0.

Intermediate 57

4-(6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (230 mg, 1.31 mmol) was added to 4-chloro-5- methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2/7)-one intermediate 56 (200 mg, 0.87 mmol), K2CO3 (242 mg, 1.75 mmol) and Pd(dtbpf)Ch (57 mg, 0.09 mmol) in a mixture of water (3 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (12 mL) at 30 °C and the resulting mixture stirred at 60 °C for 2 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 20 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the obtained residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc: PE, 1:2) to give the title compound (86 mg, 30%) as a brown solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 324.0.

Intermediate 58

4-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (10.39 mg, 0.01 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (87 mg, 0.25 mmol), 4-(6-chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-2-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin- 3(2/-/)-one intermediate 57 (80 mg, 0.25 mmol) and CS2CO3 (403 mg, 1.24 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) to give the title compound (121 mg, 92%) as a brown solid. MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 532.2.

Examples

6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((6-Methyl-1,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3- c]pyridin-7(6/7)-one - compound 1 DMCDA (54 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4- triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 8 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol), thieno[2,3-c]pyridin- 7(6/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 28981-13-7) (138 mg, 0.91 mmol), Cu(l)l (72 mg, 0.38 mmol) and CS2CO3 (370 mg, 1.14 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at rt and the resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (125 mL) and washed sequentially with water (3 x 100 mL) and brine (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod A, gradient: 21-39%) to give the title compound (98 mg, 62%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H22N7OS: 420.1600, found: 420.1608. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.46 - 1.64 (2H, m), 1.86 - 2.01 (2H, m), 2.09 - 2.24 (2H, m), 2.38 (3H, s), 4.29 - 4.44 (2H, m), 6.56 (1 H, d), 6.83 (1 H, d), 6.95 (1 H, d), 7.42 (1 H, d), 7.46 (dd, 1 H), 7.50 (1 H, d), 7.56 (1 H, brd), 7.99 (1 H, d), 8.09 (1 H, d), 8.17 (1 H, s).

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1 ,5- dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one - compound 6

K3PO4 (247 mg, 1.16 mmol) was added to 2-chloro-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 1192813-64-1) (70 mg, 0.39 mmol), 5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-

I ,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one.3 HCI intermediate 10 (203 mg, 0.47 mmol) and Pd- PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (16 mg, 0.02 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 30 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed sequentially with water (3 x 125 mL) and sat. brine

(3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 23-43%) to give the title compound (48 mg, 27%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C22H22F2N7O2: 454.1798, found: 454.1810. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.46 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.84 - 1.95 (2H, m), 2.07 - 2.19 (2H, m), 4.28 - 4.35 (2H, m), 6.50 (1 H, d), 6.52 - 6.53 (2H, m), 6.82 (1 H, d), 7.03 (1 H, t), 7.11 (1 H, t), 7.17 (1 H, d), 7.37 (1 H, dd), 7.48 (1 H, d), 7.90 (1 H, d), 8.23 (2H, s),

I I .48 (1 H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8. Example 7

5-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-((5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1,5-dihydro-4H- pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one - compound 7

K3PO4 (230 mg, 1.09 mmol) was added to 2-bromo-5-chloropyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 124405- 67-0) (70 mg, 0.36 mmol), 5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1,5-dihydro- 4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one.3 HCI intermediate 10 (190 mg, 0.43 mmol) and Pd-PEPPSI- IpentCI 2-methylpyridine (15 mg, 0.02 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 30 °C and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed sequentially with water (3 x 125 mL) and sat. brine (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 22-37%) to give the title compound (48 mg, 27%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H21CIN7O: 422.1490, found: 422.1474. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.46 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.84 - 1.94 (2H, m), 2.07 - 2.19 (2H, m), 4.28 - 4.34 (2H, m), 6.49 (1H, d), 6.51 - 6.53 (2H, m), 6.82 (1H, d), 7.11 (1 H, t), 7.17 (1H, d), 7.37 (1 H, dd), 7.58 (1H, d), 7.90 (1 H, d), 8.32 (2H, s), 11.48 (1H, s).

Example 8 5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-(thiazolo[5,4-b]pyridin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1,5-dihydro- 4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one - compound 8

2-Bromothiazolo[5,4-b]pyridine (CAS Reg. No. 412923-40-1) (90 mg, 0.42 mmol) was added to 5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4- one x 3 HCI intermediate 10 (155 mg, 0.50 mmol), Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (18 mg, 0.02 mmol) and K3PO4 (266 mg, 1.26 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was poured into brine (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (7 NH3 in MeOH: DCM = 1: 15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod D, gradient 5- 30%) to afford (63 mg, 34 %) of the title compound as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C23H22N7OS: 444.1600, found: 444.1600._¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 8 1.5-1.7 (2H, m), 1.89 - 2.06 (2H, m), 2.15-2.3 (2H, m), 4.3 -4.45 (2H, m), 6.47 - 6.58 (3H, m), 6.89 (1 H, d), 7.12 - 7.13 (1 H, m), 7.19 (1 H, d), 7.25 (1 H, dd), 7.39 (1 H, dd), 7.67 (1 H, dd), 7.92 (1 H, d), 8.09 (1 H, dd), 8.47 (1 H, d), 11.51 (1 H, d).

Example 9

6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((6-Methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3- d]pyridazin-7(6/7)-one - compound 9

DMCDA (65 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4- triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 8 (180 mg, 0.45 mmol), thieno[2,3- d]pyridazin-7(6/-/)-one (CAS Reg. No. 697-72-3) (138 mg, 0.91 mmol), Cu(l)l (87 mg, 0.45 mmol) and CS2CO3 (296 mg, 0.91 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (15 mL) at rt and the resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (150 mL) and washed with brine (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (MeOH : DCM = 1 : 15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient 17-37%) to afford (70 mg, 37%) of the title compound as a yellow solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C₂OH₂IN₈OS: 421.1554, found: 421.1526. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-de) 6 ppm 1.48 - 1.61 (2H, m), 1.88 - 1.99 (2H, m), 2.13 - 2.20 (2H, m), 2.38 (3H, s), 4.32 - 4.40 (2H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 6.94 (1 H, d), 7.54 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.63 (1 H, d), 8.14 (1 H, d), 8.17 (1 H, s), 8.28 (1 H, d), 8.58 (1 H, s).

6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6/-/)-one - compound 12

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-N3-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 13 (66 mg, 0.16 mmol), thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6/-/)-one (CAS Reg. No. 28981-13-

7) (26.1 mg, 0.17 mmol), Cui (8.97 mg, 0.05 mmol), K2CO3 (65.1 mg, 0.47 mmol), dioxane (1 mL) and DMCDA (7.4 pL, 0.05 mmol) was mixed in a vial. The vial was capped, evacuated, and filled with N2 (g) (x 2). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 20 h under a N2 (g) atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to rt and EtOAc was added. The mixture was filtered through a silica plug. The plug was washed with EtOAc and MeOH and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod E, gradient: 20-60%) to give the title compound (24 mg, 34%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C23H22N7OS: 444.1600, found: 444.1582; ¹H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d₄) 6 1.56-1.76 (2H, m), 1.99-2.16 (2H, m), 2.25-2.37 (2H, m), 4.22-4.33 (1 H, m), 4.33-4.42 (1 H, m), 6.65 (1 H, d), 6.93 (2H, d), 7.34-7.41 (2H, m), 7.45 (1 H, d), 7.47-7.56 (2H, m), 7.95-8.04 (2H, m), 8.43 (1 H, d).

Example 13 7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((6-Methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one - compound 13

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-lodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 8 (65 mg, 0.16 mmol), imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/-/)-one HCI (31.0 mg, 0.18 mmol), Cui (9.37 mg, 0.05 mmol), K2CO3 (68.0 mg, 0.49 mmol), dioxane (1.5 mL), DMF (0.5 mL) and DMCDA (7.76 pl, 0.05 mmol) was mixed in a vial. The vial was capped, evacuated, and filled with N2 (g) (repeated x 2). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 20 h under a N2 (g) atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to rt, EtOAc was added, and the mixture was filtered through a small silica plug. The plug was washed with EtOAc:MeOH (1 :1) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DMSO and purified by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod F, gradient: 5-95%) to give the title compound (15.7 mg, 23%). HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C20H22N9O: 404.1942, found: 404.1946. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 1.48-1.62 (2H, m), 1.88-1.98 (2H, m), 2.12-2.2 (2H, m), 2.38 (3H, s), 4.3-4.45 (2H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 6.95 (1 H, d), 7.10 (1 H, d), 7.44 (1 H, dd), 7.5-7.59 (2H, m), 7.61 (1 H, d), 7.86 (1 H, s), 7.99 (1 H, d), 8.17 (1 H, s).

Example 19 7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/-/)-one - compound 19

2-Chloro-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 1192813-64-1) (90 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added to 7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/-/)-one, 7 HCI (282 mg, 0.50 mmol) intermediate 3, Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (21 mg, 0.02 mmol and CS2CO3 (812 mg, 2.49 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL) at rt and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured into water (125 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SC>4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude product. The residue was first purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 20-40%) to give the title compound (11 mg, 5%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H21F2N8O2: 455.1750, found: 455.1732. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.46 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.84 - 1.95 (2H, m), 2.07 - 2.19 (2H, m), 4.28

- 4.35 (2H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 6.94 (1 H, d), 7.03 (t, 1 H), 7.10 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.49 (1 H, d), 7.52 (1 H, d), 7.62 (1 H, d), 7.86 (1 H, d), 8.00 (1 H, d), 8.23 (2H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, DMSO- de) 5 ppm -81.8.

Example 20

7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2- a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one - compound 20

2-Bromo-5-chloropyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 124405-67-0) (90 mg, 0.47 mmol) was added to 7- (6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one, 7 HCI (316 mg, 0.56 mmol) intermediate 3, Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (20 mg, 0.02 mmol and CS2CO3 (758 mg, 2.33 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL) at rt and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite, the filter cake washed with DCM (3 x 5 mL) and the combined filtrates concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained material was first purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH : DCM = 1 :20) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod G, gradient: 10-22%) to give the title compound (32 mg, 16%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C₂oH₂oCIN₈0: 423.1442, found: 423.1456. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.46 - 1.58 (2H, m), 1.84 - 1.95 (2H, m), 2.09 - 2.17 (2H, m), 4.28 - 4.35 (2H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 6.94 (1 H, d), 7.10 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.52 (1 H, d), 7.58 (1 H, d), 7.62 (1 H, d), 7.86 (1 H, d), 8.00 (1 H, d), 8.32 (2H, s).

Example 30

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((6-Methyl-1,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)furo[3,2- c]pyridin-4(5H)-one - compound 30

Cui (36 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-iodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin- 3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 8 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol), furo[3,2-c]pyridin-4(5/7)- one (CAS Reg. No. 26956-43-4) (102 mg, 0.76 mmol), DMCDA (27 mg, 0.19 mmol) and CS2CO3 (370 mg, 1.14 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) at 20 °C under N2 (g). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated to afford crude product. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (DCM:MeOH, 10:1) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod L, gradient: 18-33%) to give the title compound (28.3 mg, 19%) as a yellow solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21 H22N7O2: 404.1830, found: 404.1816. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm 1.47 - 1.65 (2H, m), 1.87 - 2.01 (2H, m), 2.08 - 2.25 (2H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 4.29 - 4.44 (2H, m), 6.55 (1 H, d), 6.80 (1 H, d), 6.94 (1 H, br d), 6.99 (1 H, d), 7.41 (1 H, dd), 7.56 (2H, d), 7.91 - 7.98 (2H, m), 8.18 (1 H, s).

Example 33

2-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((6-Methyl-1,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrazin-1(2H)-one - compound 33

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-lodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 8 (65 mg, 0.16 mmol), pyrrolo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-1(2/-/)-one (CAS Reg. No. 136927-63- 4) (24.20 mg, 0.18 mmol), Cui (9.4 mg, 0.05 mmol), K2CO3 (45 mg, 0.33 mmol), dioxane (1.5 mL) and DMCDA (7.8 pL, 0.05 mmol) were mixed in a microwave vial. The vial was capped, evacuated and filled with N2 (g) (x 2). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 20 h under nitrogen, cooled to rt and EtOAc was added. The mixture was filtered through a small plug of silica, the plug washed with EtOAc/MeOH (1:1) and the combined filtrates concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod H, gradient: 5- 95%) to give the title compound (37 mg, 55%). HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H23N8O: 403.1990, found: 403.1992. ¹H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 1.5-1.65 (2H, m), 1.89-2.01 (2H, m), 2.14-2.22 (2H, m), 2.41 (3H, s), 4.29-4.45 (2H, m), 6.56 (1H, d), 6.61 (1 H, dd), 6.83 (1H, d), 6.91 (1H, d), 6.97 (1 H, dd), 7.43 (1H, dd), 7.47 (1H, d), 7.51 (1 H, t), 7.58 (1H, s), 7.99 (1 H, d), 8.20 (1H, s).

Example 37

5-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-((5-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1,5- dihydro-4H-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one - compound 37

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-Methyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1-tosyl- 1,5-dihydro-4/7-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-4-one intermediate 19 (45 mg, 0.08 mmol) was added to K2CO3 (23 mg, 0.16 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) at 20 °C and the resulting suspension stirred at 60 °C for 20 min. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with DCM (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude material purified by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 9-30%) to give the title compound (4.4 mg, 13%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C20H22N7O2: 392.1830, found: 392.1820. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, MeOH-d₄) 6 1.59-1.70 (2H, m), 1.94-2.10 (2H, m), 2.20-2.32 (2H, m), 2.44 (3H, s), 3.94-4.06 (1H, m), 4.29-4.43 (1H, m), 6.60-6.68 (1H, m), 6.69-6.77 (2H, m), 7.15 (1H, d), 7.24 (1H, d), 7.47 (1 H, dd), 7.97 (1 H, d).

5-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-([1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1- methyl-1,5-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one - compound 38

2-Bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (CAS Reg. No. 1021019-03-3) (100 mg, 0.50 mmol) was added to 5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1 ,5-di hydro-4/7- imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-one intermediate 40 as 2HCI salt (301 mg, 0.76 mmol), Pd-PEPPSI- IpentCI 2-methylpyridine (21 mg, 0.03 mmol) and CS2CO3 (823 mg, 2.52 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 13 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was poured into sat. brine (125 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with sat. brine (4 x 100 mL), dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod I, gradient: 3-14%) to give the title compound (0.7 mg, 0.3%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C23H24N9O: 442.2098, found: 442.2090.

¹H NMR (500 MHz, MeOH-d₄) 6 1.72-1.88 (2H, m), 2.12-2.31 (2H, m), 2.31-2.55 (2H, m), 3.92 (3H, s), 4.29-4.46 (2H, m), 6.91 (1 H, d), 7.04-7.14 (2H, m), 7.47 (1 H, d), 7.55 (1 H, d), 7.63 (1 H, t), 7.92 (1 H, d), 8.05-8.23 (2H, m), 8.53 (1 H, d).

Example 39

7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8(7H)-one - compound 39

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-lodopyridin-2-yl)-/\/³-(5-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 22 (120 mg, 0.27 mmol) was added to imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 434936-85-3) (54 mg, 0.40 mmol), CS2CO3 (261 mg, 0.80 mmol), Cui (102 mg, 0.53 mmol) and DMCDA (76 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under a N2 (g) atmosphere. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. brine (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the crude material purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 17-32%) to give the title compound (47.6 mg, 39%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H20F3N8O: 457.1706, found: 457.1744. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.47-1.64 (2H, m), 1.88-2.00 (2H, m), 2.11-2.21 (2H, m), 4.31-4.38 (1 H, m), 4.40-4.49 (1 H, m), 6.56 (1 H, d), 6.97 (1 H, d), 7.11 (1 H, d), 7.46 (1 H, dd), 7.53 (1 H, s), 7.63 (1 H, d), 7.86 (1 H, s), 8.01 (1 H, d), 8.22 (1 H, d), 8.60 (1 H, brs), 8.65 (1 H, brs). ¹⁹F NMR (471 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -59.2.

Example 43 6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)thieno[2,3-oQpyridazin-7(6H)-one - compound 43

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (28 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added to 2-chloro-5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidine (CAS Reg. No. 1192813-64-1) (120 mg, 0.66 mmol), 6-(6- (((1 S,3S)-3-aminocyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3-c(]pyridazin-7(6/7)-one intermediate 24 as 2HCI salt (319 mg, 0.80 mmol) and K2CO3 (459 mg, 3.32 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with sat. brine (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH:DCM, 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod I, gradient: 7-24%) to give the title compound (25.5 mg, 8%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H20F2N7O2S: 472.1362, found: 472.1384. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 1.42-1.63 (2H, m), 1.84-1.99 (2H, m), 2.05-2.23 (2H, m), 4.26-4.41 (2H, m), 6.56 (1 H, d), 6.77-7.3 (2H, m), 7.50 (1 H, d), 7.56 (1 H, dd), 7.64 (1 H, d), 8.15 (1 H, d), 8.24 (2H, s), 8.29 (1 H, d), 8.59 (1 H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8.

Example 44

3-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)thieno[3,2-oQpyrimidin-4(3H)-one - compound 44

3-(6-Chloropyridin-3-yl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3/-/)-one intermediate 41 (150 mg, 0.57 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (402 mg, 1.14 mmol), Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine

(38 mg, 0.05 mmol) and CS2CO3 (927 mg, 2.84 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 25 °C under N2 (g). The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h, cooled to rt and filtered through Celite. The filter cake was washed with DCM (3 x 5 mL) and the combined filtrates concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH:DCM, 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 28-47%) to give the title compound (73.6 mg, 27%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H20F2N7O2S: 472.1362, found: 472.1320. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.41-1.65 (2H, m), 1.81-2.01 (2H, m), 2.07-2.23 (2H, m), 4.23-4.45 (2H, m), 6.58 (1 H, d), 6.74-7.33 (2H, m), 7.43-7.58 (3H, m), 8.05 (1 H, d), 8.21-8.29 (3H, m), 8.37 (1 H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8.

Example 49

2-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-([1,2,4]Triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ylamino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)thieno[3,4-oQpyridazin-1(2H)-one - compound 49

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (26 mg, 0.03 mmol) was added to 2-(6-chloropyridin-3- yl)thieno[3,4-d]pyridazin-1 (2/-/)-one intermediate 44 (80 mg, 0.30 mmol), (1 S,3S)-/V¹- ([1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 43 as 2HCI salt (133 mg, 0.46 mmol) and K2CO3 (126 mg, 0.91 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and washed with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were further diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 50 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod J, gradient: 14-34%) to give the title compound (32 mg, 23%) as a yellow solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21 H20N9OS: 446.1506, found: 446.1532. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 1.39-1.69 (2H, m), 1.84-2.08 (2H, m), 2.09-2.25 (2H, m), 4.11^.43 (2H, m), 6.54 (1 H, d), 6.86 (1 H, d), 7.01 (1 H, dd), 7.10 (1 H, d), 7.49 (1 H, dd), 8.08 (1 H, d), 8.35-8.43 (2H, m), 8.49 (1 H, dd), 8.66 (1 H, dd), 9.02 (1 H, dd).

Example 52

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-4(5H)-one - compound 52

DMCDA (63.6 mg, 0.45 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)-/\/³- (5-iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 45 (200 mg, 0.45 mmol), oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-ol intermediate 48 (91 mg, 0.67 mmol), Cui (85 mg, 0.45 mmol) and CS2CO3 (291 mg, 0.89 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N₂ (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH (5 x 8 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH₃ in MeOH:DCM, 1:15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod F, gradient: 11-26%) to give the title compound (23.4 mg, 11%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C₂IH₂₀F₂N₇O₃: 456.1590, found: 456.1612. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 1.44-1.60 (2H, m), 1.82-1.98 (2H, m), 2.05-2.23 (2H, m), 4.27-4.40 (2H, m), 6.55 (1H, d), 6.76-7.32 (3H, m), 7.43 (1 H, dd), 7.51 (1 H, d), 7.75 (1H, d), 7.95 (1 H, d), 8.24 (2H, s), 8.69 (1H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8.

Example 57

7-(6-(((1S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8(7H)-one - compound 57

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (32 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added to 7-(6-chloro-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-8(7/-/)-one intermediate 27 (100 mg, 0.38 mmol), (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (200 mg, 0.57 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (157 mg, 1.13 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N₂ (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with EtOAc (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed sequentially with sat. brine (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO4, filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 25-45%) to give the title compound (116 mg, 65%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C₂IH₂₀F₃N₈O₂: 473.1656, found: 473.1610. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 1.42-1.69 (2H, m), 1.85-2.01 (2H, m), 2.03-2.22 (2H, m), 4.2-4.41 (1 H, m), 4.41-4.6 (1 H, m), 6.71-7.31 (3H, m), 7.47 (1H, d), 7.52 (1 H, d), 7.54-7.65 (2H, m), 7.85 (1H, d), 7.91 (1 H, d), 8.22 (2H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 5 ppm -81.8, -138.3.

Example 58

6-(5-Fluoro-6-(((1S,3S)-3-((6-methyl-1,2,4-triazin-3-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3- yl)thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6H)-one- compound 58

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (41 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added to 6-(6-chloro-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)thieno[2,3-c]pyridin-7(6/-/)-one intermediate 28 (135 mg, 0.48 mmol), (1 S,3S)- /V¹-(6-methyl-1 ,2,4-triazin-3-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 7 as 3pTSA salt (341 mg, 0.48 mmol) and CS2CO3 (783 mg, 2.40 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with DCM (4 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 27-47%) to give the title compound (66.1 mg, 31%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21 H21 FN7OS: 438.1506, found: 438.1468. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.38-1.74 (2H, m), 1.88-2.05 (2H, m), 2.05- 2.26 (2H, m), 2.37 (3H, s), 4.28-4.61 (2H, m), 6.83 (1 H, d), 6.90-7.00 (1 H, m), 7.42 (1 H, d), 7.51-7.65 (3H, m), 7.90 (1 H, d), 8.04-8.18 (2H, m). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -138.5.

Example 60

7-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazin-8(7H)-one - compound 60

7-(6-Chloro-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyrazin-8(7/7)-one intermediate 29 (150 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane- 1 ,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (240 mg, 0.68 mmol), Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2- methylpyridine (24 mg, 0.03 mmol) and K2CO3 (390 mg, 2.82 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (15 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with DCM (2 x 15 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (7 M NH3 in MeOH:DCM, 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod J, gradient: 26- 46%) to give the title compound (69.5 mg, 26%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C20H19F3N9O2: 474.1608, found: 474.1580. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.45-1.69 (2H, m), 1.88-1.99 (2H, m), 2.07-2.21 (2H, m), 4.23-4.42 (1 H, m), 4.42-4.61 (1 H, m), 6.75-7.31 (2H, m), 7.46 (2H, dd), 7.59 (1 H, dd), 7.95 (1 H, d), 8.03 (1 H, d), 8.22 (2H, s), 8.53 (1 H, s).

¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8, -138.1.

Example 65

5-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(5H)-one - compound 65

DMCDA (20.41 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added to thiazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-4(5/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 1590410-48-2) (87 mg, 0.57 mmol), (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-bromo-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-/V³-(5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 49 (120 mg, 0.29 mmol), CS2CO3 (187 mg, 0.57 mmol) and Cui (27 mg, 0.14 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (15 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH:DCM (1 :10) (4 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc:PE, 1 :2) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 29-49%) to give the title compound (56 mg, 39%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H19F3N7O2S: 490.1262, found: 490.1290. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.49-1.69 (2H, m), 1.89-2.02 (2H, m), 2.07-2.21 (2H, m), 4.28-4.40 (1 H, m), 4.47-4.59 (1 H, m), 6.73-7.34 (3H, m), 7.50 (1 H, d), 7.64 (1 H, dd), 7.76 (1 H, d), 7.94 (1 H, d), 8.24 (2H, s), 9.62 (1 H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8, -138.4.

Example 66

4-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-

1,4-dihydro-5H-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-one - compound 66

(1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 31 as 2HCI salt (110 mg, 0.38 mmol) was added to 4-(6-chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-methyl-1 ,4-dihydro-5/7- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-one intermediate 38 (50 mg, 0.19 mmol), CS2CO3 (312 mg, 0.96 mmol) and Pd-PEPPSI-IPentCI 2-methylpyridine (48 mg, 0.06 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 25 °C under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred at 100 °C for 20 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :10) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod K, gradient: 18-33%) to give the title compound (5 mg, 5%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H22CIN8O: 437.1594, found: 437.1608.

¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.45-1.60 (2H, m), 1.84-1.97 (2H, m), 2.05-2.24 (2H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 4.24-4.43 (2H, m), 6.30 (1 H, d), 6.56 (1 H, d), 6.83-6.92 (1 H, m), 7.27-7.36 (1 H, m), 7.58 (1 H, s), 7.85-7.93 (3H, m), 8.33 (2H, s).

Example 68

6-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-Chloropyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)pyridin-3-yl)-2,6- dihydro-7H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-7-one - compound 68

DMCDA (17.11 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-chloropyrimidin-2-yl)-/\/³-(5- iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 50 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol), 1-(7-hydroxy- 1/7-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-yl)ethan-1-one intermediate 53 (85 mg, 0.48 mmol), Cui (23 mg, 0.12 mmol) and CS2CO3 (235 mg, 0.72 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) at 20 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with MeOH:DCM (10:1) (5 x 8 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (MeOH:DCM, 1 :15) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B, gradient: 21-41%) to give the title compound (38.5 mg, 37%) as a yellow solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C₂oH₂oCIN₈0: 423.1438, found: 423.1440. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 1.45-1.62 (2H, m), 1.82-1.99 (2H, m), 2.05-2.21 (2H, m), 4.27-4.40 (2H, m), 6.56 (1 H, d), 6.66 (1 H, d), 6.93 (1 H, d), 7.15 (1 H, d), 7.45 (1 H, dd), 7.59 (1 H, d), 7.96 (1 H, s), 7.99 (1 H, d), 8.33 (2H, s), 14.14 (1 H, s).

Example 69

6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-3-

(hydroxymethyl)-2H-[1,3'-bipyridin]-2-one - compound 69 Cui (32 mg, 0.17 mmol) was added to (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)-/V³-(5- iodopyridin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 45 (150 mg, 0.34 mmol), 3- (hydroxymethyl)pyridin-2(1/7)-one (CAS Reg. No. 42463-41-2) (63 mg, 0.50 mmol), Na2COs (71 mg, 0.67 mmol) and DMCDA (24 mg, 0.17 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 15 h under N2 (g). The mixture was filtered through a Celite pad, the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product purified by CIS- flash chromatography (gradient: 20-30% MeCN in water) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod B: gradient: 19-38%) to give the title compound (27.6 mg, 18%) as a light blue solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H23F2N6O3: 445.1794, found: 445.1784. ¹H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.41-1.6 (2H, m), 1.8-1.97 (2H, m), 2.06-2.21 (2H, m), 4.26-4.38 (4H, m), 5.10 (1 H, t), 6.31 (1 H, t), 6.52 (1 H, d), 6.81-7.25 (2H, m), 7.39 (1 H, dd), 7.44-7.54 (3H, m), 7.88-7.95 (1 H, m), 8.23 (2H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8.

Example 70

6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5'-fluoro-3-

(hydroxymethyl)-2H-[1,3'-bipyridin]-2-one - compound 70

Pd-PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (38 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added to 6’-chloro-5’-fluoro-3- (hydroxymethyl)-2/7-[1 ,3’-bipyridin]-2-one intermediate 54 (115 mg, 0.45 mmol), (1 S,3S)-/V¹-(5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)cyclopentane-1 ,3-diamine intermediate 26 as 3HCI salt (160 mg, 0.45 mmol) and CS2CO3 (736 mg, 2.26 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) at 30 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 100 °C for 18 h under N2 (g). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filter cake washed with DCM (5 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue purified by preparative TLC (EtOAc) followed by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 24-44%) to give the title compound (49.9 mg, 23%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H22F3N6O3: 463.1700, found: 463.1704. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 1.42-1.69 (2H, m), 1.87-1.99 (2H, m), 2.08- 2.2 (2H, m), 4.23-4.38 (3H, m), 4.41-4.61 (1 H, m), 5.12 (1 H, t), 6.32 (1 H, t), 6.71-7.29 (2H, m), 7.42-7.59 (4H, m), 7.83 (1 H, d), 8.22 (2H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8, -138.6.

4-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5-(Difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5- fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-methylpyridazin-3(2H)-one - compound 71

4 M HCI in MeOH (1.0 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added to 4-(6-(((1 S,3S)-3-((5- (difluoromethoxy)pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-5-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-2- (tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2/-/)-one intermediate 58 (110 mg, 0.21 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 60 °C for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product purified by preparative HPLC (PrepMethod C, gradient: 28-48%) to give the title compound (45 mg, 48%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C20H21F3N7O2: 448.1704, found: 448.1690. ¹H NMR

(300 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 1.47-1.68 (2H, m), 1.87-2.01 (2H, m), 2.04-2.19 (5H, m), 4.27-4.39 (1 H, m), 4.46-4.59 (1 H, m), 6.77-7.30 (2H, m), 7.38-7.45 (1 H, m), 7.49 (1 H, d), 7.84 (1 H, s), 7.85- 7.86 (1 H, m), 8.24 (2H, s), 12.96 (1 H, s). ¹⁹F NMR (282 MHz, DMSO-cfe) 6 ppm -81.8, -140.5.

Assays and methods used

This assay measures binding of compounds to PCSK9 by homogenous time-resolved fluorescence resonance energy transfer (TR-FRET).

To determine the IC50 of inhibitors of the interaction between the human PCSK9 and Alexa647 labelled small molecule, fluorescent probe displacement was monitored by homogenous TR- FRET technology. Upon binding of a terbium (Tb) cryptate conjugated anti-His mouse antibody (mAb Anti-6His Tb cryptate Gold, Cisbio) to PCSK9-TEV-His6, the displacement of the probe from PCSK9 was assessed by reduction of the proximity and FRET signal between the Tb cryptate that serves as a FRET-donor and the Alexa647 probe that serves as acceptor.

Recombinantly expressed and purified PCSK9-TEV-His6 (1 nM) was mixed with a fluorescent probe (5 nM) and anti His-Tb-cryptate antibody (0.2 nM) in assay buffer (10 mM HEPES/NaOH, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCI, 0.005 (v/v) % Tween 20). 6 pL were subsequently added to an assayready plate containing 0.06 pL of controls and test compound 10 dose-response serial dilutions starting at a concentration of 10 mM (with 100 pM top and 3.2 nM lowest final concentration) by using Certus flex dispenser. The plate was sealed, and the reaction was incubated overnight (18-24h) at RT in the dark. FRET signal quantification was achieved by PHERAstar FSX (BMG) plate reader. The created data file contained the emission of FRET acceptor channel (665 nm, probe), FRET donor channel (620 nm, Tb-cryptate, excitation at 337 nm) and the FRET ratio (665 nm/620 nm signal x 10.000) which was used for calculation of a test compound's IC50.

These assays measure binding of compounds to PCSK9 by SPR (“surface plasmon resonance”, a biophysical method) at plasma and a representative endosomal pH (7.4 and 5.6 respectively).

The pH 7.4 (Assay 2) SPR binding experiments were performed on a Biacore S200 optical biosensor unit at 30 °C. A Series S Sensor Chip SA that is designed to bind biotinylated molecules for interaction analysis in Biacore systems was equilibrated at room temperature prior to use. The running buffer for protein tethering and subsequent ligand binding experiments was 10mM HEPES pH 7.4, 150mM NaCI, 0.05% (v/v) Tween 20 pH 7.4.

For the surface tethering of PCSK9, biotinylated human PCSK9 (31-692)-Avi-His6 (Charles River Laboratories) at a concentration of 0.5mg/mL was used. Prior to the surface tethering, the surface was exposed to a solution of 50mM NaOH, 500mM NaCI via 3 consecutive injections of this solution with a contact time of 60 s and a flowrate of 10 pL min^-1 to remove non-conjugated streptavidin. The PCSK9 protein was diluted to a concentration of 20 pg/mL using running buffer and injected with a contact time of 180-300 s and a flowrate of 10 pL min^-1 over a single flow channel (typically flow channel 2 or flow channel 4) with the aim to achieve protein capture levels of > 5000 response units (Rll). Remaining biotin binding sites were blocked via 2 consecutive injections of a 10 pM D-biotin solution in running buffer with a contact time of 60 s and a flowrate of 10 pL min^-1 over all flow-channels. Flow-channels 1 and 3 typically served as a reference surface throughout the subsequent binding experiments.

The binding experiments were all performed at a flow rate of 30 pL min^-1 and by employing the method of single-cycle kinetics. This approach involves the sequential injection of a compound concentration series without regeneration steps. A contact time between 90-150 s was selected, which was followed by a 40 min dissociation phase to allow for a proper estimation of the dissociation rate constant. Test compounds were delivered in DMSO at a concentration of 10 mM and a digital dispenser HP D300 was used to set up the compound concentration series using 6 concentrations. The tested concentrations have been 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 and 10000 nM. Prior to injecting any compound, the surfaces were equilibrated by injecting running buffer over them in three separate pulses. The data collection rate was set to 10 Hz. The raw sensorgrams of the compound injections were first subjected to reference subtraction (subtracting the signal from flow channel 1 and/or 3 from the signal from channels 2 and/or 4 respectively) and then blank subtraction (subtracting the signal from injecting DMSO controls from the reference subtracted data). The resulting double-referenced sensorgrams were then fitted using a 1 :1 binding interaction model using the manufactures software package to extract kinetic- and affinity data. Active compounds have been defined by creating a detectable binding signal at the highest compound concentration (10mM) of > 3 RUs. Kinetic- and affinity data on active compounds are only provided for those compounds where the binding signal at the highest compound concentration (10mM) is > 50% of the theoretical maximum binding signal for a 1 :1 binding interaction (R_max, typically between 15-20 Rlls) in order to enable a proper fitting of the data.

The pH 5.6 (Assay 2a) SPR experiments were performed on a Biacore 8K optical biosensor unit (Cytiva) at 37 °C. A Series S Sensor Chip SA (Cytiva - Lot#10315802) that is designed to bind biotinylated molecules for interaction analysis in Biacore systems was equilibrated at room temperature prior to use. Buffer A for protein tethering was 10 mM Hepes, 150 mM NaCI, 0.05% (v/v) Tween 20 pH 7.4. (Cytiva, Product#BR 100671). Buffer B used for the subsequent ligand binding experiments was 20 mM Cacodylate, 150 mM NaCI, 0.05% (v/v) Tween 20, pH 5.60.

Prior to the surface tethering of biotinylated PCSK9, the surface was exposed to a solution of 50 mM NaOH (Merck, Product#! 06469.1000), 500 mM NaCI (Sigma-Aldrich, 71380-M) via 3 consecutive injections of this solution with a contact time of 60 s and a flowrate of 10 pL.min'¹ to remove non-conjugated streptavidin. The biotinylated human PCSK9 (31-692)-Avi-His6 (Charles River Laboratories) at a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL was diluted to a concentration of 20 pg/mL using Buffer A and injected over flow cell 2 with a contact time of 600 s and a flowrate of 5 pL.min' ¹ with the aim to achieve protein capture levels of 6000-7000 Rll. Remaining biotin binding sites were blocked with a single injections of a 10 pM D-biotin solution (Avidity, Product#BI0200) in running buffer with a contact time of 60 s and a flowrate of 10 pL.min'¹ over all flow cells. Flow cells 1 served as a reference surface during the subsequent ligand binding experiments. The protein surface was stabilised over night using standby flow, and Buffer A was exchanged with Buffer B by priming the system the next day prior to the ligand binding experiments

The binding experiments were all performed at a flow rate of 30 pL.min'¹ and by employing the method of single-cycle kinetics. This approach involves the sequential injection of a compound concentration series without regeneration steps. A contact time of 120 s was used, which was followed by a 40 min dissociation phase to allow for a proper estimation of the dissociation rate constant. Compounds have been tested in a concentration series using 6 concentrations. The tested concentrations have been 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 and 10000 nM. The raw sensorgrams of the compound injections were first subjected to reference subtraction (subtracting the signal from flow-channel 1 from signal from channel 2) and then blank subtraction (subtracting the signal from injecting 2 DMSO controls from the reference subtracted data). The resulting double-referenced sensorgrams were then fitted using a 1 :1 binding interaction model using the manufactures software package (BIAcore Insight Evaluation software V 5.0.18.22102) to extract kinetic- and affinity data.

The comparator compound used in Assays 2 and 2a is example 493 in WO 2020/150473 A2.

Table 3: SPR Data

Assays 3 and 3a - PCSK9 LDL-C uptake assays

Profiling compounds for PCSK9 antagonist activity is based on their capacity to restore LDL- uptake in HepG2 cells. The assay is based on exogenous PCSK9 protein (WT, assay 3 or D374Y mutant, assay 3a) and LDL complexed with a pH-sensitive dye (pHrodo™ Red-LDL). Outside the cells, at neutral pH, the pHrodo™ Red-LDL is dimly fluorescent but upon LDLR mediated endocytosis it fluoresces brightly. PCSK9 traffics the LDL receptor (LDLR) to intracellular degradation and reduces uptake of LDL. Inhibition of PCSK9 reduces LDLR degradation and the increased LDL uptake is quantified by fluorescence microscopy. Preparation of assay reagents

Assay medium: OptiMem (Gibco #51985) + Penicilin/Streptomycin (Gibco #15140122, 1 :100 dilution)

Labelled LDL: Low Density Lipoprotein From Human Plasma, pHrodo™ Red (pHrodo™ Red- LDL) (Invitrogen #L34356)

Cells: HepG2 (ATCC #HB-8065)

WT PCSK9 protein: In-house. Sequence: MGTVSSRRSW WPLPLLLLLL LLLGPAGARA QEDEDGDYEE LVLALRSEED GLAEAPEHGT TATFHRCAKD PWRLPGTYVV VLKEETHLSQ SERTARRLQA QAARRGYLTK ILHVFHGLLP GFLVKMSGDL LELALKLPHV DYIEEDSSVF AQSIPWNLER ITPPRYRADE YQPPDGGSLV EVYLLDTSIQ SDHREIEGRV MVTDFENVPE EDGTRFHRQA SKCDSHGTHL AGVVSGRDAG VAKGASMRSL RVLNCQGKGT VSGTLIGLEF IRKSQLVQPV GPLWLLPLA GGYSRVLNAA CQRLARAGW LVTAAGNFRD DACLYSPASA PEVITVGATN AQDQPVTLGT LGTNFGRCVD LFAPGEDIIG ASSDCSTCFV SQSGTSQAAA HVAGIAAMML SAEPELTLAE LRQRLIHFSA KDVINEAWFP EDQRVLTPNL VAALPPSTHG AGWQLFCRTV WSAHSGPTRM ATAIARCAPD EELLSCSSFS RSGKRRGERM EAQGGKLVCR AHNAFGGEGV YAIARCCLLP QANCSVHTAP PAEASMGTRV HCHQQGHVLT GCSSHWEVED LGTHKPPVLR PRGQPNQCVG HREASIHASC

CHAPGLECKV KEHGIPAPQE QVTVACEEGW TLTGCSALPG TSHVLGAYAV DNTCVVRSRD VSTTGSTSEE AVTAVAICCR SRHLAQASQE LQENLYFQGH HHHHH (SEQ ID NO.: 1)

PCSK9 protein (D374Y mutant): Human PCSK9 (D374Y) Protein, His Tag, MALS verified (Aero Biosystems PCY-H5225).

Assay 3 Neutral Control: DMSO (100%)

Assay 3 Inhibitor Control: 6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((3/7-lmidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one (10 pM)

Synthesis of Assay 3 Inhibitor Control 6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((3/7-lmidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2- one A mixture of 6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-3/7-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one and 6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((1-(4-methoxybenzyl)- 1/7-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one Intermediate X3 (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) was treated with TFA (3 mL) at 20°C and the resulting solution was stirred at 80°C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to rt, filtered through Celite and the filter cake was washed with DCM (2x5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the obtained residue was purified by reversed phase flash chromatography on a C18 column (gradient 0-29% MeCN in water (1 % TFA)) followed by preparative HPLC, MC-Actus Triart C18, 30*150 mm, 5pm; Mobile Phase A: Water (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3 + 0.1% aqueous NH3), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; Gradient: 10% B to 40% B, to give the title compound (10 mg, 13%) as a white solid. HRMS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ calcd for C21H22N7O: 388.1880, found: 388.1896. ¹H NMR (300 MHz, Methanol-ck) 1.55 - 1.74 (2 H, m), 2.04 - 2.13 (2 H, m), 2.22 - 2.42 (2 H, m), 4.38 (2 H, h), 6.46 (1 H, td), 6.57 - 6.67 (2 H, m), 6.96 (1 H, dd), 7.39 - 7.54 (2 H, m), 7.54 - 7.68 (2 H, m), 7.82 - 8.00 (2 H, m).

Intermediate X3

6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((3-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-3/7-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-

2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one and

6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-((1-(4-Methoxybenzyl)-1/7-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)amino)-

2/7-[1 , 3'-bipyridin]-2-one

1-(Chloromethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (117 mg, 0.75 mmol) was added to 2-chloro-1 /7- imidazo[4,5-b]pyridine (125 mg, 0.81 mmol) and MTBD (300 mg, 1.96 mmol) in DMA (4 mL) at 20°C and the resulting solution was stirred at 20°C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. Pd- PEPPSI-lpentCI 2-methylpyridine (27.4 mg, 0.03 mmol) and 6'-(((1 S,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one x HCI Intermediate X2 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 100°C for 16 h. The crude reaction mixture was directly purified by reversed phase flash chromatography on a C18 column (gradient: 5-30% of MeCN in water) to give a mixture of the regioisomeric title compounds (120 mg, 73%) as a yellow gum; MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 508.35. Intermediate X2

6'-(((1 S,3S)-3-Aminocyclopentyl)amino)-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-2-one

2 M HCI in Et2O (27 mL, 54 mmol) was added slowly to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((2-oxo-2/7-[1 ,3 - bipyridin]-6'-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate Intermediate X1 (1 g, 2.70 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 25 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 h. This synthesis procedure was repeated for a second batch of tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((2-oxo-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-6'- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate Intermediate X1 (1.7 g, 4.6 mmol). The two batches were combined and concentrated. The crude product was recrystallised from EtOAc:PE (5:1) to give a solid which was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give an unspecified HCI salt of the title compound (2.5 g, 100%) as a yellow solid; MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 270.9.

Intermediate X1 tert-Butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((2-oxo-2/7-[1 ,3'-bipyridin]-6'-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate re/-(1R,2/?)-/V¹,/\/²-Dimethylcyclohexane-1 ,2-diamine (0.212 g, 1.49 mmol) and Cu(l)l (0.283 g, 1.49 mmol) were added to tert-butyl ((1 S,3S)-3-((5-iodopyridin-2- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate intermediate 1 (3.0 g, 7.44 mmol), K2CO3 (3.08 g, 22.3 mmol) and pyridin-2(1/7)-one (1.42 g, 14.9 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 110°C for 18 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and washed sequentially with water (3x25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and evaporated. The crude material was triturated with EtOAc: PE (5:1) to give a solid. The solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give the title compound (2.70 g, 98%) as a yellow solid; MS (ESI) m/z [M+H]⁺ 371.2.

Step by step protocol for running the assays:

Day 1

1. Cryopreserved HepG2 cells were thawed in cell medium and centrifuged for 5 min at 250 g. Supernatant was discarded and the cell pellet resuspended in cell medium and counted with a Nucleocounter (ChemoMetec). Cells were again centrifuged for 5 min at 250 g and the pellet was resuspended to 500000 cells/mL in assay medium. 2. 20 pL of above cell mix was dispensed into black pclear PDL coated Greiner #781091 (Assay 3) or Greiner #781946 (Assays 3 and 3a) 384 well plates with Multidrop Combi (ThermoFisher) and left at room temperature for 20 minutes.

3. Plates were incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 for 24 h.

Day 2

1. (Assay 3 only) Test compounds were prepared in concentration response in DMSO with a half-log dilution factor in DMSO in Echo 384 LDV plates (Labcyte LP-#0200) starting at 10 mM.

2. 30 nL of above test compounds were dispensed with Echo 655 (Labcyte) to cells for a top concentration of 10 pM (Assay 3) or single concentration of 0.1 pM (Assay 3a).

3. Assay 3: WT PCSK9 protein was diluted to 375 nM with assay medium and dispensed to cells with Multidrop Combi (ThermoFisher), 10 pL per well, for a final concentration of 125 nM.

Assay 3a: PCSK9 protein (D374Y mutant) was diluted to 6 nM with assay medium and dispensed to cells with Multidrop Combi (ThermoFisher), 10 pL per well, for a final concentration of 2 nM.

4. Plates were incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 for 24 h.

Day 3

1. 6 pg/mL pHrodo™ Red-LDL in assay medium was dispensed to cells with Multidrop Combi (ThermoFisher), 10 pL per well.

2. Plates were incubated at 37 °C, 5% CO2 and imaged with the Incucyte S3 (Sartorius) after 4 h (Assay 3) or 24 h (Assay 3a).

Image data was processed using Incucyte 2022B Rev2 software (Sartorius) to identify cells and red fluorescence intensity.

Assay 3: Genedata Screener (Genedata AG) was used to further process data by fitting data with the normalization setting “Neutral Controls Minus Inhibitors” using a four parameter logistic fit. For compounds exceeding the efficacy of the inhibitor control a manual curve fit adjusting the sinf curve parameter had to be applied. For the reported %efficacy values, the mean of all values at the indicated concentration was used, regardless of curve fitting.

Assay 3a: Genedata Screener (Genedata AG) was used to further process data by fitting data with the normalization setting “Neutral Controls Minus Inhibitors”. Wells with no addition of compounds and no addition of PCSK9 protein were used as Inhibitor Control, giving a high signal in the assay due to uninhibited uptake of LDL into the cells. Wells without addition of compounds but with addition of PCSK9 were used as Neutral Control, giving a low signal in the assay due to PCSK9-inhibited uptake of LDL into the cells. For the reported %efficacy values, the mean of all values at the indicated concentration was used. The number of replicates is n=7 for all compounds unless indicated otherwise.

The comparator compound used in Assays 3 and 3a is example 493 in WO 2020/150473 A2.

Assay 4 - hERG assay (human Ether-a-go-go- Related Gene)

This assay (human Ether-a-go-go- Related Gene) measures activity of the compounds at the potassium ion channel hERG (human Ether-a-go-go- Related Gene).

Experiments were performed on the SyncroPatch 384PE high throughput patch clamp platform at room temperature and medium resistance chips with 4 patch holes per site. Chinese hamster ovary K1 (CHO) cell lines over-expressing the ion channel of choice (hERG) were used in assay-ready format and kept in liguid nitrogen or were used from live culture. Cells were either thawed and diluted in HBSS or were detached from flasks and resuspended in HBSS. HBSS comprised 140 mM NaCI, 4 mM KCI, 10 mM HEPES and 5 mM Glucose (pH 7.4). The internal patch clamp solution was KF 120 mM, KCI 20 mM, HEPES 10 mM, EGTA 10 mM, and 25 pM Escin (pH 7.2). After the sealing process was complete, the external solution was exchanged for external patch clamp solution comprising NaCI 80 mM, KCI 4 mM, HEPES 10 mM, CaCh 2 mM, MgCh 1 mM, glucose 5 mM, and NMDG 60 mM (pH 7.4). All solutions were stored at room temperature, except Escin, which was stored at 4 °C. All test compounds were dispensed in greiner-bio 384 well plates and tested in a 6 point cumulative assay (final DMSO concentration 0.33%). Only wells that passed previously agreed acceptance criteria for this platform were used in this analysis (30 MegaOhm seal resistance, Z prime >0.4 and current size >0.2 nA).

High concentration hERG

Experiments were performed on the QPatchll high throughput patch clamp platform at room temperature using single holes QChips. Chinese hamster ovary K1 (CHO) cell lines overexpressing the ion channel of choice (hERG) were used from live culture. All solutions were stored at 4 °C or -20 °C. All compounds were dispensed as 10 or 50mM DMSO stocks, in 96 well plates and diluted to a format that allowed testing in a 6 point cumulative assay (final DMSO concentration 2% or 0.4% DMSO). Only wells that passed previously agreed acceptance criteria for this platform were used in this analysis (500 MegaOhm seal resistance and current size >0.2 nA, with positive controls including Verapamil and DMSO being consistent).

This assay measures the activity of the compounds at GSK3b (Glycogen synthase kinase-3 beta).

The test compounds were screened in 1% DMSO (final) in the well. For 10-point titrations, 3- fold serial dilutions are conducted from the starting concentration of 10 pM.

Assay Protocol

Bar-coded Corning, low volume NBS, black 384-well plate

1. 2.5 pL - 4X Test Compound or 100 nL 100X plus 2.4 pL kinase buffer

2. 5 pL - 2X Peptide/Kinase Mixture

3. 2.5 pL - 4X ATP Solution

4. 30-second plate shake

5. 60-minute Kinase Reaction incubation at room temperature

6. 5 pL - Development Reagent Solution

7. 30-second plate shake

8. 60-minute Development Reaction incubation at room temperature

9. Read on fluorescence plate reader and analyse the data

In step 2, the 2X GSK3P (GSK3 beta) I Ser/Thr (Glycogen synthase kinase-3 beta/ Serine/ Threonine) 09 mixture is prepared in 50 mM HEPES (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1- piperazineethanesulfonic acid) pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCh, 1 mM EGTA (egtazic acid). The final 10 pL Kinase Reaction consists of 0.22 - 0.92 ng GSK3P (GSK3 beta) and 2 pM Ser/Thr 09 in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01 % BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCI₂, 1 mM EGTA.

In step 3 the ATP Solution is diluted to a 4X working concentration in Kinase Buffer (50 mM HEPES pH 7.5, 0.01% BRIJ-35, 10 mM MgCI₂, 1 mM EGTA).

In Step 6 the Development Reagent is diluted 1 :512 in Development Buffer (10X Novel PKC Lipid Mix: 2 mg/mL Phosphatidyl Serine, 0.2 mg/mL DAG in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 0.3% CHAPS).

Graphing Software SelectScreen® Kinase Profiling Service uses XLfit from I DBS. The dose response curve is curve fit to model number 205 (sigmoidal dose-response model). If the bottom of the curve does not fit between -20% & 20% inhibition, it is set to 0% inhibition. If the top of the curve does not fit between 70% and 130% inhibition, it is set to 100% inhibition.

Assay 6 - in vivo

Mouse GalNAc ASO for in vivo

Nucleobase Sequence: 5’-AACTACAAAACCCTGC-3’ where C = 5MeC (SEQ ID NO.: 2)

HELM: [GalNAc THA]-[AH]-

{P.[LR](A)[sP].[LR](A)[sP].[LR]([5meC])[sP].[dR](T)[sP].[dR](A)[sP].[dR]([5meC])[sP].[dR](A)[sP]. [dR](A)[sP].[dR](A)[sP].[dR](A)[sP].[dR]([5meC])[sP].[dR]([5meC])[sP].[dR]([5meC])[sP].[LR](T)[ sP].[LR](G)[sP].[LR]([5meC]) where LR = LNA (Locked Nucleic Acid), dR = deoxyribose, sP = thiophosphate, P = phosphate, A = adenosine, G = guanosine, C = 5-methylcytosine, T = thymine, GalNAc THA = GalNAc TrisHexylAmine, AH = AminoHexyl

Molecular Formula: C232H326N70O109P16S15

Molecular Weight: 6816.0172 Da

Structure is provided in Figure 1.

Synthesis

MMTr-protected oligonucleotide (MMTr-ON) with the above sequence was synthesised on an AKTA OligoPilot Plus 100 synthesizer (GE Healthcare), on a 940 pmol scale, using a standard synthesis cycle of detritylation (3% dichloroacetic acid in toluene), coupling (coupling agent: 0.25 M 5-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1/7-tetrazole solution in acetonitrile), capping (Cap A: 20% N- methylimidazole and 80% acetonitrile; Cap B: 20% pyridine, 20% acetic anhydride and 60% acetonitrile), oxidation (0.05 M iodine in pyridine and water) or thiolation (0.2 M xanthane hydride in pyridine), and solid supports (UNY Primer Support 5G -353 pmol/g, GE Healthcare). All fully protected p-cyanoethyl phosphoramidite monomers were dissolved in dry acetonitrile or 15% DMF in dry acetonitrile (0.2 M) under argon immediately prior to use. The phosphoramidite recirculation time/coupling time for DNA monomers was 5 min and was extended to 10 min for LNA monomers. Stepwise coupling efficiencies and overall yields were determined by automated trityl cation absorption monitoring exceeding 98% for all oligonucleotides synthesized.

At the end of assembly, the solid-support bound MMTr-ON was treated with ammonia (aq. 26%) solution (40 mL) at 55 °C for 18 h. The solution was filtered, and the MMTr-ON product was purified using HPLC (XBridge C18, 10 pm 50x250 mm column; 5-45% acetonitrile in aqueous NH4HCO3 (50 mM).

Fractions containing the MMTr-ON product were combined, and volatiles were removed on a Speedvac. The residue was dissolved in water (4 mL) and the MMTr group was removed by treating the obtained solution with acetic acid 10% (1 mL) at 40 °C for 60 min. NaOAc (3 M aq, 0.6 mL) and EtOH (95%, 20 mL) were sequentially added. The mixture was stored at -20 °C for 120 min and centrifuged for 15 min at 4 °C. The resulting supernatant was decanted off and the formed pellet was re-suspended in EtOH (85%, 12 mL) and the procedure repeated. Finally, the pellet was dissolved in water (20 mL) and lyophilized to yield the desired HA-oligonucleotide.

GalNac conjugation

In a falcon tube HA-oligonucleotide (1074 mg) was dissolved in water (11.176 mL), TEA (0.38 mL) was added and the pH was immediately checked, then 765 mg of GalNAc ligand 1-OPfp ester (Kim 2024, dissolved in 2.79 mL of ACN) was added to the tube. The mixture was shaken for 4 h, at room temperature. LCMS showed the desired product mass. The reaction mixture was mixed with 5 mL of aq NH3 solution shaken overnight at room temperature and freeze-dried overnight. Crude after ammonia treatment and freeze dried white foamy material was purified by preparative HPLC. Stationary phase: Waters Premier BEH C18, 1.7pm, 2.1x100mm, Mobile phase: Gradient 5-30% in 10 min, 0.6 mL/min, 45 °C, 260 nm, A: 50 mM NH4HCO3 in water (pH 8), B: ACN. Purity of purified fraction 96.8 Area %. The fractions were concentrated (ammonia buffer), and the oligo was precipitated with NaOAc in EtOH (10% NaOAc in 20 mL 80% EtOH) overnight. Then, the fractions were centrifuged and immediately submitted to desalt. The ASO was desalted using an AKTA system using WorkBeads Dsalt (50 mL) column at a flowrate of 10mL/min of water over 20 mins. Injected in 15 mL of 1 M aq NaCI and fractions were collected based on absorbance at 260 nm. The pure fraction was collected and freeze-dried overnight. A sample was taken to check absorbance with nanodrop.

In vivo study protocol and results

Heterozygous male human PCSK9 knock-in (hPCSK9-KI) mice (Carreras 2019) were fed a regular chow diet throughout and dosed via subcutaneous injections with murine Pcsk9 GalNAc- ASO (Mouse GalNAc ASO for in vivo above) at 5 mg/kg/week formulated in PBS for 4 weeks with one additional loading dose in week 1 to ablate endogenous hepatic murine Pcsk9 expression levels prior to compound dosing.

Compounds were formulated in 0.5% HPMC 10000 cPs, 0.1% PS80 in Milli-Q® (Merck Millipore) purified water with or without 5% mannitol, and dosed by oral gavage at the doses indicated twice daily for 7 days. Blood samples of 50 pL were drawn one day before the first dose (baseline) and at termination after 7 days of dosing (4 hours post dose) for measurements of plasma LDL-C. Plasma concentrations of LDL-C were assessed using an enzymatic method (Crystal Chem, product# 79980 and 79983). LDL-C reduction (%) was calculated as follows = ((LDL-C concentration post dosing)-(baseline LDL-C)) I (baseline LDL-C) * 100% followed by subtraction of corresponding effect in the vehicle group.

The comparator compound used in Assay 6 is example 493 in WO 2020/150473 A2.

Table 4 - in vivo data

Table 5 - Activity results in Assays 1 , 2, 4, 5, 3 and 3a for compounds 1-72

***

The features disclosed in the foregoing description, or in the following claims, or in the accompanying drawings, expressed in their specific forms or in terms of a means for performing the disclosed function, or a method or process for obtaining the disclosed results, as appropriate, may, separately, or in any combination of such features, be utilised for realising the disclosure in diverse forms thereof.

While the disclosure has been described in conjunction with the exemplary embodiments described above, many equivalent modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art when given this disclosure. Accordingly, the exemplary embodiments of the disclosure set forth above are considered to be illustrative and not limiting. Various changes to the described embodiments may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure.

For the avoidance of any doubt, any theoretical explanations provided herein are provided for the purposes of improving the understanding of a reader. The inventors do not wish to be bound by any of these theoretical explanations.

Any section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.

Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word “comprise” and “include”, and variations such as “comprises”, “comprising”, and “including” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps. It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to “about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent “about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. The term “about” in relation to a numerical value is optional and means for example +/- 10%.

References

A number of publications are cited above in order to more fully describe and disclose the compound of Formula (I) and the state of the art to which it pertains. Full citations for these references are provided below. The entirety of each of these references is incorporated herein.

For standard molecular biology techniques, see Sambrook, J., Russel, D.W. Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual. 3 ed. 2001, Cold Spring Harbor, New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.

Numbered Statements A

A1. A compound of Formula (I)

A-B-C (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is of one of the following formulae: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups; (vi) C1-6 acylamido (wherein the acyl is optionally substituted by H or methyl);

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xii) C1-6 alkyl amido, optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl amido, CN, OH, C2-3 alkynyl, C4-6 heterocyclyl or C1-3 alkyl wherein the C1-3 alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more halo or OH groups;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester; (xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and (xxiv) C1-6 alkyl amido; or wherein R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form:

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring;

(ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

(iv) an optionally substituted C5-7 carbocyclic ring wherein, when present, the one, two, three or four optional substituents are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl, halo, C1-6 alkoxy, NH2, C1-6 alkylamino, OH, and CN;

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by NH2, C4 heterocyclyl or one or more halo groups;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2;

R^B1 is H, OH, =CHCH2-OH, Ci-4 alkyoxy, or Ci-4alkyl which Ci-4alkyl is optionally substituted by OH or OMe; wherein C is of formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N; where none or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; where no more than 2 of Q⁴, Q⁵and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; where the ring comprising Q³ Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and where none or one of Q⁴ Q⁵, and Q⁶ is N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; (iv) C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent or Cs-eheteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent;

(v) halo; and

(vi) CN;

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; and Cs-eheteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

A2. The compound of statement A1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A2 is selected from H, chloro, methyl, cyclopropyl and OCF2H.

A3. The compound of statement A1 or statement A2 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl and OH.

A4. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is according to the formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B where R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵;

Z⁴, Z⁵ and R^A7 are as defined in statement A1 .

A5. The compound according to statement A1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is

A6. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of formula (B-1) wherein the wavy lines indicate the point of attachment to A and C; wherein R^B1 is selected from the group consisting of -H, -OH, -OMe, -O-ethyl, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH and =CHCH₂-OH.

A7. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A6 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1a):

A8. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1b): (B-1b).

A9. The compound according to any one of statements A1 to A8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae;

A10. The compound of statement A1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (l-A), (l-B), (l-Ba), (l-Bb), (l-C), (l-Ca), (l-Cb), (l-Cc), (l-Cd), (l-Ce), (l-D), (l-Da), (l-Db), (l-E), (l-Ea) or (l-Eb) wherein all definitions are according to statement A1; A11. The compound of statement A1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

A-B-C is of the formula (ll-A), (ll-Aa), (Il-Ab), (Il-Ac), (I l-B), (Il-Ba) or (ll-Bb) wherein all definitions are according to statement A1:

A12. The compound of statement A1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (lll-A), (lll-Aa), (I Il-Ab), (lll-Ac), (lll-B), (lll-Ba) or (lll-Bb) wherein all definitions are according to statement A1; ), A13. The compound of statement A1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (IV-A), (IV-Aa), (IV-Ab), (IV-B), (IV-Ba) or (IV-Bb) wherein all definitions are according to statement A1:

A14. A compound listed in Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

A15. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.

A16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of statements A1 to A14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.

A17. The compound of any one of statements A1 to A14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to statement A16 for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease.

A18. The compound for use according to statement A17 wherein the compound is administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially in combination with an additional active ingredient selected from the group consisting of: i) a statin; ii) a cholesterol absorption inhibitor; iii) a SGLT2 inhibitor; iv) a P2Y12 inhibitor; v) a ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor; and vi) anti-hypertensive drugs.

A19. The compound use according to statement A17 or A18 wherein the cardiovascular disease is selected from dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, stroke, vascular dementia, chronic kidney disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, retinopathy, inflammation, thrombosis, peripheral vascular disease heart failure and congestive heart failure. A20. Use of a compound of any one of statements A1 to A14 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to statement A16 in a method of medical treatment.

A21. A method of medical treatment comprising administering to the patient the pharmaceutical composition of statement 16.

A22. Use of a compound of any one of statement A1 to A14 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in therapy.

A23. A method of treating PCSK9-mediated disease or disorder in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of statements A1 to A14 or the pharmaceutical composition according to statement A16.

A24. The method according to statement A23, wherein the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disease or disorder.

A25. The method according to statement A24, wherein the cardiovascular disease or disorder is selected from dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, stroke, vascular dementia, chronic kidney disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, retinopathy, inflammation, thrombosis, peripheral vascular disease heart failure or congestive heart failure.

Numbered Statements B

B1. A compound of Formula (I)

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon) or C-R^A2;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; (xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring;

(ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(viii) OH; and

(ix) oxo; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and (ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; where R^A9 is selected from H; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, /-propyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl; wherein B is of formula: wherein the wavy lines indicate the points of attachment to A and C;

R^B1 is H, OH, =CHCH2-OH, Ci-4 alkyoxy, or Ci-4alkyl which Ci-4alkyl is optionally substituted by OH or OMe; wherein C is of formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X is hydrogen or fluorine;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^C1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^C2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^C4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^C5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^C6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N;

Q⁸ is selected from C-H and N; where none or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; where no more than 2 of Q⁴, Q⁵and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; where the ring comprising Q³ Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and where none or one of Q⁴ Q⁵, and Q⁶ is N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN; R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo or OH groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo;

(vi) CN; and

(vii) aminocarbonyl;

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkyl ester optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; and C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent

R^C8 is selected from hydrogen or methyl.

B2. The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X¹ is N.

B3. The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein (A1a) is of formula (A1): wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino; R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂;

(xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and

(xxiv) C1-6 alkyl amido;

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester; (vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and (viii) OH;

B4. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein (A1a) is one of the following formulae:

B5. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A2 is selected from H, chloro, methyl, cyclopropyl, CF3 and OCF2H.

B6. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A2 is OCF2H.

B7. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl and OH.

B8. The compound of statement B6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A3 is H.

B9. The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

(A1a) is the following formula: where R^A2a is C1-6 hydrocarbon.

B10. The compound of statement B9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A2a is methyl.

B11 . The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein (A2b) is of formula (A2b5):

B12. The compound of any one of the preceding statements or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A7 is H.

B13. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted by one or more OH or one or more halo groups;

(iv) C1-3 alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C3-5 cycloalkyl.

B14. The compound of any one of the preceding statements , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z⁶ is C-H, and Z⁸ and Z⁹ are H.

B15. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A9 is selected from methyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl.

B16. The compound of any one of statements B1 , B5 and B7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is according to the formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B where R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵;

Z⁴, Z⁵ and R^A7 are as defined in statement B1 . B17. The compound according to statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is

B18 The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is selected from:

B19. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of formula (B-1) wherein the wavy lines indicate the point of attachment to A and C; wherein R^B1 is selected from the group consisting of -H, -OH, -OMe, -O-ethyl, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH and =CHCH₂-OH.

B20. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1a):

(B-1a).

B21. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1b):

(B-1b).

B22. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is of formula:

B23. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is of formula (C-1a).

B24. The compound of any one of the preceding statements, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is of formula (C-1): wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B; Q¹ is selected from C-R^c1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^c2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^c4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^c5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^c6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N; where none or one of Q¹, Q², Q³ and Q⁷ is N; where no more than 2 of Q⁴, Q⁵and Q⁶ are selected from O, S and N; where the ring comprising Q³, Q⁴, Q⁵, Q⁶ and Q⁷ is aromatic; and where none or one of Q⁴, Q⁵, and Q⁶ is N-R^C7;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido;

(vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iv) C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent or C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent; (v) halo; and

(vi) CN;

R^C7 is selected from H, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and C5-6 heterocyclyl with an optional methyl substituent; and C5-6 heteroaryl with an optional methyl substituent.

B25. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B21 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae: B26. The compound according to any one of statements B1 to B21 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae:

B27. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B21 or B26, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae:

B28. The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

A is selected from:

B29. The compound of statement B1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (l-Axa), (l-Axb), (l-Bxa), (l-Bxb), (l-Baxa), (l-Bbxa), (l-Baxb), (l-Bbxb), (I- Cxa), (l-Cxb), (l-Cbxa), (l-Ccxa), (l-Cdxa), (l-Cexa), (l-Cfxa), (l-Caxb), (l-Cbxb), (l-Ccxb), (I- Cdxb), (l-Cexb), (l-Cfxb), (l-Dxa), (l-Dxb), (l-Daxa), (l-Dbxa), (l-Ex), (l-Eax) or (l-Ebx) wherein all definitions are according to statement B1 ;

5 B30. The compound of statement B1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (ll-Axa), (ll-Axb), (ll-Aaxa), (ll-Abxa), (ll-Acxa), (ll-Aaxb), (ll-Abxb), (II- Acxb), (ll-Bx), (Il-Bax) or (ll-Bbx) wherein all definitions are according to statement B1: B31. The compound of statement B1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein

A-B-C is of the formula (lll-Axa), (lll-Axb), (lll-Aaxa), (lll-Abxa), (lll-Acxa), (lll-Aaxb), (lll-Abxb), (lll-Acxb), (lll-Bx), (I Il-Bax) or (lll-Bbx) wherein all definitions are according to statement B1 ; (lll-Axa), -Bax), (lll-Bbx).

B32. The compound of statement B1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A-B-C is of the formula (IV-Axa), (IV-Axb), (IV-Aaxa), (IV-Abxa), (IV-Aaxb), (IV-Abxb), (IV-Bx), (IV-Bax) or (IV-Bbx) wherein all definitions are according to statement B1: ),

B33. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is fluorine.

B34. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B32, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is hydrogen.

B35. The compound of statement B1, wherein the compound is selected from a compound listed in Table 1 and 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B36. The compound of statement B1, wherein the compound is selected form a compound listed in Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B37. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.

B38. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of statements B1 to B36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.

B39. The compound of any one of statements B1 to B36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to statement B38 for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease.

B40. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B39, wherein the compound is administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially in combination with an additional active ingredient selected from the group consisting of: i) a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; ii) a cholesterol absorption inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; iii) a SGLT2 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; iv) a P2Y12 inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; v) a ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and vi) anti-hypertensive drugs or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B41. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B39 or B40, wherein the treatment comprises administering to a subject in need thereof, a first amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a second amount of at least one additional active ingredient, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount.

B42. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B41, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient may be selected from (a) a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or (c) bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B43. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B42, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B44. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B42, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B45. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B43 or B44, wherein the statin is selected from atorvastatin, cerivastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, mevastatin, pitavastatin, pravastatin, velostatin, compactin, dihydrocompactin, dalvastatin, fluindostatin, rosuvastatin, and simvastatin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

B46. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B45, wherein the statin is selected from atorvastatin, rosuvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin and fluvastatin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

B47. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B46, wherein the statin is rosuvastatin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. B48. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to any one of statements B43 to B47, wherein the statin is administered in a moderate-intensity dosing.

B49. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to any one of statements B43 to B47, wherein the statin is administered in a high-intensity dosing.

B50. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B42, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B51 . The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to any one of statements B44 or B50, wherein the ezetimibe is administered in a dose of from 5 to 15 mg per day.

B52. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to any one of statement B44 or B51 , wherein the ezetimibe is administered in a dose of 10 mg per day.

B53. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B42, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B54. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B53, wherein bempedoic acid is administered in a dose of 150 to 200 mg per day.

B55. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B54, wherein bempedoic acid is administered in a does of 180 mg per day.

B56. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to any one of statements B39 to B55 wherein the cardiovascular disease is selected from dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, stroke, vascular dementia, chronic kidney disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, retinopathy, inflammation, thrombosis, peripheral vascular disease heart failure and congestive heart failure.

B57. The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use according to statement B56, wherein the cardiovascular disease is dyslipidemia. B58. Use of a compound of any one of statements B1 to B36 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to statement B38 in a method of medical treatment.

B59. A method of medical treatment comprising administering to the patient the pharmaceutical composition of statement B38.

B60. Use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of any one of statements B1 to B36 in the manufacture of a medicament for use in therapy.

B61. Use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to statement B60, wherein the medicament is for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease.

B62. Use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to statement B61 , wherein said treatment comprises the separate, sequential or simultaneous administration of i) said medicament comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and ii) at least one additional active ingredient to a subject in need thereof.

B63. Use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to statement B62, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient may be selected from (a) a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (c) bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B64. A method of treating PCSK9-mediated disease or disorder in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of statements B1 to B36 or the pharmaceutical composition according to statement B38.

B65. The method according to statement B64, further comprising the separate, sequential or simultaneous administration of at least one additional active ingredient to a subject in need thereof.

B66. The method according to statement B64, further comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a first amount of the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a second amount of the at least one additional active ingredient, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount. B67. The method according to statement B66, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient may be selected from (a) a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, (b) ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and/or (c) bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B68. The method according to statement B67, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B69. The method according to statement B67, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is a statin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B70. The method according to any one of statements B67 to B69, wherein the statin is selected from atorvastatin, cerivastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, mevastatin, pitavastatin, pravastatin, velostatin, compactin, dihydrocompactin, dalvastatin, fluindostatin, rosuvastatin, and simvastatin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

B71. The method according to statement B70, wherein the statin is selected from atorvastatin, rosuvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin and fluvastatin; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

B72. The method according to statement B71 , wherein the statin is rosuvastatin or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B73. The method according to any one of statements B68 to B72, wherein the statin is administered in a moderate-intensity dosing.

B74. The method according to any one of statements B68 to B72, wherein the statin is administered in a high-intensity dosing.

B75 The method according to statement B67, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is ezetimibe or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B76. The method according to any one of statements B75 or B69, wherein the ezetimibe is administered in a dose of from 5 to 15 mg per day. B77. The method according to any one of statements B76 or B69, wherein the ezetimibe is administered in a dose of 10 mg per day.

B78. The method according to statement B67, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is bempedoic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

B79. The method according to statement B78, wherein bempedoic acid is administered in a dose of 150 to 200 mg per day.

B80. The method according to statement B79, wherein bempedoic acid is administered in a dose of 180 mg per day.

B81. The method according to any one of statements B64 to B80, wherein the disease or disorder is a cardiovascular disease or disorder.

B82. The method according to statement B81 , wherein the cardiovascular disease or disorder is selected from dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperlipidemia, hypoalphalipoproteinemia, metabolic syndrome, diabetic complications, atherosclerosis, stroke, vascular dementia, chronic kidney disease, coronary heart disease, coronary artery disease, retinopathy, inflammation, thrombosis, peripheral vascular disease heart failure or congestive heart failure.

B83. The method according to statement B82, wherein the cardiovascular disease or disorder is dyslipidemia.

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I)

X¹ is N or C-R^A1;

X² is N or C-R^A4;

X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon) or C-R^A2;

R^A1 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl; and

(viii) OH;

R^A2 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(iv) C1-6 hydrocarbon, optionally substituted by OH, CN, C1-6 alkyl acyl, C1-6 alkoxy or one or more halo groups; (v) C1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted by OH, C1-6 alkyl amido, or one or more halo groups;

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl;

(viii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(ix) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(x) C4-5 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C5 heteroaryl;

(xiii) OH; and

(xiv) C1-6 alkylamino;

R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) OH;

(vii) C1-6 acyloxy;

(viii) C4 heterocycyl;

(ix) NH₂;

(x) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, or C4 heterocyclyl;

(xi) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2;

(xii) C1-6 acylamido (where acyl substituent is H or Me);

(xiii) carbaimidoyl or methyl-carbaimidoyl;

(xiv) carboxyamino;

(xv) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or NH2;

(xvi) C1-6 alkyl sulfinyl;

(xvii) C1-6 alkyl sulfonyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(xviii) C1-6 sulfonimodyl;

(xix) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl;

(xx) carboxy;

(xxi) C(=O)NH₂; (xxii) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(xxiii) C1-6 alkyl acyl, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups; and (xxiv) C1-6 alkyl amido; or wherein R^A3 and R^A2 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound form:

(i) an optionally substituted C5-7 heterocycle ring;

(ii) an optionally substituted C5-7 heteroaromatic ring;

(iii) an optionally substituted Ce carboaromatic ring; or

R^A4 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkyl ester;

(vii) C1-6 alkyl acyl;

(viii) OH; and

(ix) oxo; wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B;

Z¹ is selected from O, S or NH;

Z² is either N or C-H

Z⁴ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(v) Ci alkoxy, optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

Z⁵ is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A7 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

Z⁶ is either N or C-H

Z⁷ is either N or C-R^A8

Z⁸ and Z⁹ are independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C1-6 alkylamino

(vii) C1-6 thioalkyl,

(viii) C1-6 alkyl phosphinyl; and

(ix) C1-6 alkyl phosphonyl;

R^A8 is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) H;

(ii) halo;

(iii) CN;

(vi) C4 heterocycyl;

(vii) C1-6 alkylamino, optionally substituted by CN, OH, C4 heterocyclyl;

(viii) C1-6 dialkylamino, optionally substituted by -NH2; and

(ix) C1-6 thioalkyl, optionally substituted by OH or -NH2;

X is hydrogen or fluorine;

Q¹ is selected from C-R^C1 and N;

Q² is selected from C-R^C2 and N;

Q³ is selected from C and N;

Q⁴ is selected from C-R^C4, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁵ is selected from C-R^C5, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁶ is selected from C-R^C6, O, S, N and N-R^C7;

Q⁷ is selected from C and N;

R^C1 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) methyl or ethyl;

(iii) halo; and

(iv) CN;

R^C2 is selected from:

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) C1-6 dialkyl amido;

(vi) C1-6 acylamido; (vii) halo;

(viii) CN; and

(i) H;

(ii) C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(iii) C1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted by one or more halo groups;

(v) halo;

(vi) CN; and

(vii) aminocarbonyl;

R^C8 is selected from hydrogen or methyl.

2. The compound according to claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X¹ is N.

3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein (A1a) is one of the following formulae:

4. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A2 is selected from H, chloro, methyl, cyclopropyl, CF3 and OCF2H.

5. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A3 is selected from the group consisting of H, methyl and OH.

6. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X³ is N-(CI-6 hydrocarbon).

7. The compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is according to the formula: wherein the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to B where R^A5 is Z⁴ and R^A6 is Z⁵;

Z⁴, Z⁵ and R^A7 are as defined in claim 1.

8. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein (A2b) is of formula (A2b5):

9. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 or 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R^A9 is selected from methyl, cyclopropyl, 1 -methylcyclopropyl and 2-methylcyclopropyl.

10. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is

11 . The compound according to claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is selected from:

12. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of formula (B-1): wherein the wavy lines indicate the point of attachment to A and C; wherein R^B1 is selected from the group consisting of -H, -OH, -OMe, -O-ethyl, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH and =CHCH₂-OH.

13. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1a):

(B-1a).

14. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is of the following formula (B-1b):

15. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is of formula:

16. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is of formula (C-1a).

17. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae:

18. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein C is selected from one of the following formulae:

19. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A is selected from: and C is selected from:

20. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 17 and 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is fluorine.

21. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 17 and 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is hydrogen.

22. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from a compound listed in Tables 1 and 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

23. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in therapy.

24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.

25. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 24 for use in the treatment of a cardiovascular disease.